Skip to main content

Full text of "The Improvement Era"

See other formats


Sympathy  Is  Grateful 

When  you're  sorrowing.  But  it  doesn't 
pay  bills.  An  insurance  policy  is  full 
of  the  right  sort  of  sympathy  when 
your  property  is  destroyed.  And  no 
one  should  neglect  to  secure  protection 
against  such  a  contingency.  We  give 
you  the  maximum  of  insurance  at  min- 
imum of  cost.    Let  us  quote  you  rates. 

Home  Fire  Insurance  Go.  of  Utah 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah.     22  Main  Street. 
"Keep  Money  at  Home." 


The  Panama — California  Exposition 

SAN  niFP.n    Open  January  1. 
OAV1-N   L^IHAjW    closes  Dec.  31,  1915. 

The  Panama-Pacific  International  Ex- 

portion     SAN  FRANCISCO 

Opens  Febrnary  80,  close  December  4,  1915 

Excursion  Rates  in  Effedt  Daily 

to  November  30th,  1915 

Inclusive 


UNION 
PACIFIC 


Rate  will  be  in  effect  via  Salt  Lake  and  Los 
Angeles  going,  and  returning  via  San  Fran- 
cisco and  Portland,  or  going  via  Portland 
and  San  Francisco,  returning  via  Los  An- 
geles and  Salt  Lake,  or  returning  in  either 
case  via  San  Franoisco  or  Ogden. 

Consult  any  O.  S.  L.  Agent  for  rates,  de. 
soriptive  literature,  etc.,  or  write, 

D.  E.  BTJRLBY,  Gen'l  Passenger  Agent, 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


Higher  Priesthood 
Quorums  Attention ! 

The  Text  Book  to  be  used  in 
all  the  higher  Priesthood  Qy  rums 
and  Sunday  School  Theological 
Classes  during  1916  is  the  great 
work  just  issued  from  the  press  of 
The  Deseret  News  entitled 

"Jesus  TheChrist" 

By  Elder  James  E.  Talmage  of  the 
Quorum  of  the  Twelve  Apostles. 

Send  your  orders  in  early. 
Bound  in  3-4  leather,  $1.50  post 
paid. 

Oeseret  News  Book  Store 

Headquarters  For  All  Church  Boohs 

6  Mill)  STHEET,  SILT  LAKE  CITY 


CALIFORNIA 

WHERE  IT'S  SUMMER 
ALL  WINTER 

Long  Beach  San  Diego 

Venice  Santa  Barbara 

Ocean  Park  Rediands 

Catalina  Island  Pomona 

Riverside 


WHERE  YOU  WILL  ENJOY 
A   VACATION    AND    REST 

Three  Good  Trains  Every  Day 

Excursion  Tickets  on  Sale  Daily 

Six  Months  Limit 

CITY  TICKET  OFFICE, 
10  East  Third  South  St. 
Phones   Wasatch   3501-2. 

J.  H.  MANDERFIELD.  A.G.P.A. 

Salt  Lake  City 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,  PLEASE  MENTION  WE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


The  Letter 


I  held  the  dainty  letter  to  my  lips, 
And  dreamed  awhile  ere  broken  was  its  seal ; 
The  hot  blood  sped  to  brain  and  finger  tips, 
My  quickened  heart-beats  dizzy  made  me  feel. 
Then  from  my  temples  in  my  ears  were  sounds 
Like  to  the  hurried  beating  of  a  bell; 
My  sluggish  pulses  changed  to  rapture  bounds, 
You  know  the  why,  what  need  my  words  to  tell? 
Unopened,  yet  a  message  I  might  read, 
In  fragrance  that  from  out  thy  letter  came, 
And  for  long  time  my  passion  thus  to  feed, 
I  breathed  it  deep,  and  whispered  still  thy  name : 
Love  is  this  truth — that  fate  this  gift  yet  owes, 
To  kiss  thy  lips  as  now  I  kiss  the  rose? 

ALFRED  LAMBOURNE. 


Photo  from  the  original  relief  in  Thorvaldsen's  Museum,  Copenhagen. 


Winter 


This  relief  medallion  is  one  of  the  four  which  Thorvaldsen  exe- 
cuted in  1836,  and  known  as  "The  Seasons."  They  are,  perhaps,  the 
hest  known  and  most  often  reproduced  of  any  of  his  many  remarkable 
works  to  be  found  in  the  museum  in  Copenhagen  bearing  his  name.  In 
"The  Seasons"  he  has  illustrated,  as  well,  the  four  periods  in  human 
life:  childhood,  youth,  middle  age,  and  old  age;  corresponding  to  spring 
summer,  autumn,  and  winter.  In  "Winter"  we  see  old  age  taking  com- 
fort by  the  lamp  and  fireside,  the  only  companion  the  cat. 


Improvement  Era 


Vol.  XIX  JANUARY,  1916  No.  3 


Is  Man  Immortal? 

IN  THREE  PARTS — PART  I 


BY  JOSEPH   F.  SMITH,  JR.,  OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  TWELVE 


Many  are  the  conflicting  doctrines  taught  throughout  Chris- 
tendom regarding  the  soul  and  its  redemption,  all  of  which  are 
based  on  various  interpretations  of  the  Bible  by  the  different  sects. 
One  class  of  believers  say  that  man  is  composed  of  a  triple  entity, 
the  natural,  or  physical  body,  combined  in  mortality  with  an  im- 
material, immortal  counterpart,  composed  of  the  spirit,  and  the 
soul,  "bound  together  as  the  joints  and  marrow  of  the  backbone, 
and  that  it  requires  the  searching  eye  of  Him  with  whom  we  have 
to  do  *  *  *  to  distinguish  between  the  soul  of  man  and 
man's  spirit     *     *     *     so  closely  connected  as  to  defy  dissection." 

Others  believe  that  man  is  of  dual  character,  composed  of 
the  mortal  body  and  immaterial,  immortal  spirit,  or  soul,  the  terms 
being  interchangeable,  and  referring  to  the  "divine  essence  or 
spark  that  comes  from  God,"  and  constitutes  the  vital  part  of  man. 
This  soul,  or  spirit,  is  especially  characterized  by  the  attributes  of 
self-consciousness,  reason  and  emotions,  "having  intelligent  faculty 
and  existence  independently  of  the  substantial  organism  with 
which  it  is  associated."  Such  are  the  views  of  the  dominant 
Christian  sects,  who  also  quite  generally  believe  that  the  mortal, 
or  physical,  body,  is  not  essential  to  man's  existence,  and  at  the 
time  of  death  is  "shuffled  off"  to  return  to  dust  from  whence  it 
came,  while  the  immortal,  immaterial  soul  continues  on  to  realms 
of  bliss  in  heaven,  or  to  endless  torment  in  the  depths  of  hell,  as 
judgment  is  passed,  at  the  time  of  death,  or  will  be  pronounced, 
at  the  great  judgment  day.     "At  the  final  judgment,"  they  say, 

aRev.  John  H.  Troy,  in  Rutherford-Troy  Debate,  Los  Angeles,  April 
21,  1915. 


194  [MPfci  )\'!..\li:\"l    ERA 

"the  lot  of  every  soul  will  be  irrevocably  fixed,  and  thai  it  will 
either  eternally  enjoy  the  Beatific  Vision  in  heaven,  or  share-  the 
endless  torments  prepared  for  the  devil  and  his  angels."'' 

Still  others  believe  that  there  will  be  a  resurrection  of  the 
dead,  "both  small  and  great,"  and  in  the  resurrection  there  will  be 
a  re-uniting  of  body  and  spirit  of  the  righteous  who  shall  dwell 
eternally  in  heaven,  while  the  wicked,  "after  receiving  the  pun- 
ishment of  their  sins,  shall  be  blotted  out  of  existence,"'  having 
the  sentence  of  the  "second  death  passed  upon  them." 

Another  favorite  doctrine  of  certain  sects  is  that  there  is  no 
such  thing  as  an  immortal,  living  spirit  dwelling  within  the  body 
of  man.  The  soul  of  man,  according  to  this  teaching,  is  the 
natural  body  into  which  the  Lord  breathed  the  breath  of  life. 
Therefore,  they  say,  breath  is  the  spirit  or  life  of  man.  Their 
doctrine  is  that  "man  is  destitute  of  immortality  in  every  sense; 
that  he  is  a  creature  of  organized  substances,  subsisting  in  the  life 
power  of  God,  which  he  shares  in  common  with  every  living  thing 
under  the  sun ;  that  he  only  holds  this  life  on  the  short  average 
tenure  of  three-score  years  and  ten,  at  the  end  of  which  he  gives 
it  up  to  Him  from  whom  he  received  it,  and  returns  to  the  ground 
whence  he  originally  came,  and  meamvhile  ceases  to  exist."d  In 
this  condition,  according  to  this  theory,  all  men  remain  until  the 
resurrection,  when  the  just  shall  come  forth  to  dwell  on  the  earth 
eternally,  and  the  wicked  to  receive  sentence  of  the  second  death 
which  is  complete  annihilation. 

The  advocates  of  this  belief  are  very  adroit,  and  rather  ar- 
rogant in  expressing  their  views,  and  not  above  perverting  scrip- 
ture to  make  it  harmonize  with  their  peculiar  doctrine.  In  attack- 
ing those  who  believe  in  the  existence  of  spirit,  they  make  the 
following  charge: 

"If  that  condition  be  true,  it  means  that  God  is  responsible  for 
every  idiot,  every  born  criminal,  because  these  are  begotten  under 
conditions  over  which  they  have  absolutely  no  control.  A  child  is 
begotten  by  drunken  and  debauched  parents,  and  at  the  very  moment 
of  conception  *  *  *  God  intervenes  and  implants  in  the  creature 
an  immortal  spark.  The  child  is  born  necessarily  a  depraved  creature. 
It  lives  on  earth  a  while,  dies,  and  must  spend  eternity  in  this  miser- 
able condition  without  choice  or  election  on  its  part.  Such  a  theory 
is  wholly  unreasonable.  God  is  not  unreasonable.  The  creature  I 
have  just  described  is  imperfect.  God  makes  nothing  imperfect  (Deut. 
32:4),  God  is  in  no  wise  responsible  for  the  life  of  imperfect  or  de- 
praved beings. "? 

"If  the  mind  be  a  spark  from  God — if  it  be  a  part  of  the  Deity  Him- 


bThe  Neiv  American  Encyclopedic  Dictionary. 
cThe  New  American  Encyclopedic  Dictionary. 
^Robert  Roberts,  Lecture  II,  Christianity  Astray. 
<■].   F.  Rutherford,  in  Rutherford-Troy  Debate,  Los  Angeles,  April 
21,  1915. 


IS  MAN  IMMORTAL?  195 

self,  transfused  into  material  organizations  (and  this  is  the  view  con- 
tended for  by  believers  in  the  immortality  of  the  soul),  our  faculties 
ought  to  spring  forth  in  full  maturity  at  birth.  Instead  of  that,  as 
everybody  knows,  a  new-born  babe  has  not  a  spark  of  intellect  or  a 
glimmer  of  consciousness.  *  *  No  one  can  carry  his  memory  back 
to  his  birth,  he  can  remember  when  he  was  three  years  old  perhaps; 
only  in  a  few  cases  can  he  recall  an  earlier  date.  Yet,  if  the  popular 
belief  were  correct,  memory  ought  to  be  contemporaneous  with  life  from 
ifs  very  first  moment. 

"Again,  if  all  men  partake  alike  of  this  divine,  thinking  essence, 
they  ought  to  manifest  the  same  degree  of  intelligence,  and  show  the 
same  disposition.  *  *  One  man  is  shrewd  and  another  dull — one 
vicious  and  depraved,  and  another  high-souled  and  virtuous — one  good 
and  gentle,  another  harsh  and  inconsiderate,  and  so  on.  There  ought 
to  be  uniformity  of  manifestation  if  there  be  uniformity  of  power."/ 

And  thus  they  argue  wtih  false  premises  to  false  conclusions. 
Here  are  some  of  the  choice  passages  used  in  defense  of  this 
peculiar  doctrine : 

"And  the  Lord  God  formed  man  of  the  dust  of  the  ground,  and 
breathed  into  his  nostrils  the  breath  of  life;  and  man  became  a  living 
soul"  (Gen.  2:7). 

"In  the  sweat  of  thy  face  shalt  thou  eat  bread,  till  thou  return 
unto  the  ground;  for  of  it  wast  thou  taken;  for  dust  thou  art,  and  unto 
dust  shalt  thou  return"  (Gen.  3:19). 

"And  Abraham  answered  and  said,  Behold  now,  I  have  taken  upon 
me  to  speak  unto  the  Lord,  which  am  but  dust  and  ashes"  (Gen. 
18:27). 

"As  for  man,  his  days  are  as  grass:  as  a  flower  of  the  field,  so  he 
flourisheth. 

"For  the  wind  passeth  over  it,  and  it  is  gone;  and  the  place  thereof 
shall  know  it  no  more"  (Psalms  3:15-16). 

"Man  that  is  born  of  woman  is  of  few  days,  and  full  of  trouble. 

"He  cometh  forth  like  a  flower,  and  is  cut  down:  he  fleeth  also  as  a 
shadow,  and  continueth  not"  (Job  14:1-2). 

"But  man  dieth  and  wasteth  away;  yea,  man  giveth  up  the  ghost, 
and  where  is  he?"  (Job  14:10). 

"Whatsoever  thy  hand  findeth  to  do,  do  it  with  thy  migjit;  for 
there  is  no  work,  nor  device,  nor  knowledge,  nor  wisdom,  in  the  grave, 
wither  thou  goest"  (Eccl.  9:10). 

They  fail  to  understand  that  any  expression  of  this  character 
is  used  in  a  limited  or  relative  sense,  or,  that  many  expressions  of 
the  scriptures  are  the  thoughts  of  men,  and  are  without  inspiration, 
and  that  these  expressions,  given  here,  are  concerning  this  life,  and 
the  physical  body  only.  It  is  hardly  to  be  wondered  at  that  there 
is  such  a  difference  of  views  in  the  Christian  world,  for  every  man 
interprets  the  scriptures  unaided  by  the  Holy  Spirit,  whose  mission 
is  to  guide  "into  all  truth,"  and,  we  read,  "the  natural  man  re- 
eciveth  not  the  things  of  the  Spirit  of  God  ;  for  they  are  foolishness 
unto  him:  neither  can  he  know  them,  because  they  are  spiritually 
discerned."  (I  Cor.  2:14.)  Blind  leaders  of  the  blind,  who  re- 
fuse to  accept  present-day  revelation,  are  sure  to  err. 


/Robert  Roberts,  Lecture  IT,  Christianity  Astray. 


196  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Moreover,  we  should  nol  Forget  that  in  no  place  in  the  Hebrew 
scriptures,  as  the  translations  have  conic  to  us,  is  there  a  well  de- 
fined definition  of  such  terms  as  "soul,"  "second  death,"  "eternal 
punishment,"  terms  over  which  the  religious  world  contends,  be- 
cause nt  lack  of  understanding.  Why  are  men  without  this  under- 
standing? Is  it  not  because  they  proclaim  that  the  heavens  are 
sealed?  That  there  is  no  more  revelation?  That  the  canon  of 
scripture  is  full,  and  the  Lord  has  no  more  doctrine  to  reveal 
through  prophets  for  the  knowledge  and  benefit  of  mankind? 
Truly  do  they  cry:  "A  Bible!  A  Bible!  We  have  got  a  Bible, 
and  there  cannot  be  any  more  Bible"  (II  Nephi  29:3).  They 
have  closed  the  heavens  against  themselves,  and  say  they  are  in 
the  strait  and  narrow  path  while  helplessly  groping  in  the  dark. 

Without  doubt  these  terms  were  thoroughly  understood  by 
the  prophets  and  holy  men  of  old  who  wrote  and  spoke  "as  they 
were  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost."  It  is  very  probable  that  the 
correct  interpretation  of  these  expressions,  as  used  by  the  ancient 
prophets,  was  lost  in  the  copying  and  translating  of  the  scriptures. 
None  can  successfully  deny  that  changes  were  made  by  translators 
and  scribes,  according  to  their  human  understanding.  We  are 
informed  in  the  Book  of  Mormon  that  the  Hebrew  scriptures  went 
"forth  from  the  Jews  in  purity  unto  the  Gentiles,  according  to  the 
truth  which  is  in  God"  (I  Nephi  13  :25),  and  after  they  went  forth 
from  the  Jews  many  changes  were  made,  and  "many  parts  which 
are  plain  and  most  precious ;  and  also  many  covenants  have  they 
taken  away." 

"And  all  this,"  we  read,  "have  they  done  that  they  might  pervert 
the  right  ways  of  the  Lord;  that  they  might  blind  the  eyes  and  harden 
the  hearts  of  the  children  of  men;  wherefore,  thou  seest  that  after  the 
book  hath  gone  forth  through  the  hands  of  the  great  and  abominable 
church,  that  there  are  many  plain  and  precious  things  taken  away  from 
the  book,  which  is  the  book  of  the  Lamh  of  God;  and  after  these  plain 
and  precious  things  were  taken  away,  it  goeth  forth  unto  all  nations 
of  the  Gentiles;  and  after  it  goeth  forth  unto  all  nations  of  the  Gen- 
tiles, yea,  even  across  the  many  waters  *  *  *  thou  seest  because 
of  the  many  plain  and  precious  things  which  have  been  taken  out  of 
the  book,  wheh  wiere  plain  unto  the  understanding  of  the  children  of 
men,  according  to  the  plainness  which  is  in  the  Lamb  of  God;  because 
of  these  things  which  are  taken  away  out  of  the  Gospel  of  the  Lamb, 
an  exceeding  great  many  do  stumble,  yea,  insomuch  that  satan  hath 
great  power  over  them"  (I  Nephi  13:27-29). 

Tf  the  teachers  of  religion  in  the  various  sects  are  content, 
under  these  conditions,  to  stand  united,  and  agreed  that  the  canon 
of  scripture  is  full,  saying:  "We  have  got  a  Bible,  and  we  need 
no  more  Bible."  they  are  bound  to  garner  conflicting  notions  not 
in  keeping  with  the  saving  power  of  the  gospel  of  our  Lord. 

It  is  my  purpose  to  set  forth  here  the  doctrine  of  the  destiny 
of  man,  as  it  is  revealed  by  the  Lord  to  his  servants,  in  modern  as 


IS  MAN  IMMORTAL?  197 

well  as  ancient  times.  But  first,  let  us  pause  at  this  point  long 
enough  to  get  the  scriptural  meaning  of  some  of  these  disputed 
terms. 

The  word  "soul"  is  used  in  many  passages  of  scripture  to  rep- 
resent the  spirit  of  man ;  in  others,  the  physical  body,  while  in  a 
great  many  more  the  spirit  and  the  body  combined  are  repre- 
sented by  the  word.  The  Lord  has  given  us  a  proper  definition  of 
the  word  "soul"  in  modern  scripture.  He  declared  that  "the  spirit 
and  the  body  is  the  soul  of  man,  and  the  resurrection  from  the 
dead  is  the  redemption  of  the  soul"  (D.  and  C.  88:15-16).  In  the 
majority  of  instances,  the  use  of  the  word  in  the  Bible  will  fit  this 
definition  perfectly. 

There  is  no  such  thing  as  immaterial  substance,  which  is  a 
contradiction  of  terms.  Those  who  believe  in  an  immaterial  spirit 
are  in  error.  The  Lord  has  revealed  that  "there  is  no  such  thing 
as  immaterial  matter.  All  spirit  is  matter,  but  it  is  more  fine  or 
pure,  and  can  only  be  discerned  by  purer  eyes.  We  cannot  see  it ; 
but  when  our  bodies  are  purified  we  shall  see  that  it  is  all  matter" 
(D.  and  C.  131:7,8). 

The  second  death  is  not  annihilation.  Death  is  not  destruc- 
tion, but  a  departure;  a  casting  out,  or  rejection,  in  the  case  of 
spiritual  death,  from  the  presence  of  the  Lord.  When  Adam  par- 
took of  the  forbidden  fruit,  he  died  the  spiritual  death.  "Where- 
fore I,  the  Lord  God,  caused  that  he  should  be  cast  out  from  the 
Garden  of  Eden,  from  my  presence,  because  of  his  transgression, 
wherein  he  became  spiritually  dead,  which  is  the  first  death,  even 
the  same  death,  which  is  the  last  death,  which  is  spiritual,  which 
shall  be  pronounced  upon  the  wicked  when  I  shall  say,  Depart,  ye 
cursed"  (D.  and  C.  29:41).  From  this  we  learn  that  Adam  died 
the  first,  or  spiritual  death,  which  is  banishment  from  the  presence 
of  the  Lord,  as  soon  as  he  partook  of  the  forbidden  fruit.  But  of 
the  temporal  death,  the  Lord  said : 

"I  the  Lord  God  gave  unto  Adam  and  unto  his  seed  that  they 
should  not  die  as  to  the  temporal  death,  until  I,  the  Lord  God,  should 
send  forth  angels  to  declare  unto  them  repentance  and  redemption, 
through  faith  on  the  name  of  mine  Only  Begotten  Son.  And  thus  did 
I,  the  Lord  God.  appoint  unto  man  the  days  of  his  probation;  that  by 
his  natural  death  he  might  be  raised  in  immortality  unto  eternal  life, 
even  as  many  as  would  believe;  and  they  that  believe  not  unto  eternal 
damnation,  for  they  cannot  be  redeemed  from  their  spiritual  fall,  be- 
cause they  repent  not"  (D.  and  C.  29:42-43). 

Eternal  punishment,  or  endless  punishment,  does  not  mean 
that  those  who  partake  of  it  must  endure  it  forever.  It  is  ex- 
plained thus  by  the  Lord  : 

"Nevertheless  it  is  not  written  that  there  shall  be  no  end  to  this 
torment,  but  it  is  written  endless  torment.  Again,  it  is  written  eternal 
damnation,  wherefore  it  is  more  expressed  than  other  scriptures,  that  it 


19X  I  M  PRI  )VKM  KXT    ERA 

might  work  upon  the  hearts  <>f  the  children  of  men,  altogether  for  ray 
name's  glory;  wherefore  I  will  explain  unto  you  this  mystery,  *  *  * 
For  behold  the  mystery  of  Godliness,  how  great  is  it?  for  behold,  I 
am  endless,  and  the  punishment  which  is  given  from  my  hand,  is  end- 
less punishment,  for  endless  is  my  name:  wherefore— Eternal  punish- 
ment is  God's  punishment;  Endless  punishment  is  God's  punishment" 
(I).  and  C.  19:6-12). 

The  laws  of  God  arc  immutable,  and  from  this  explanation 
we  learn  that  the  same  punishment  always  follows  the  same 
offense,  according  to  the  laws  of  God  who  is  eternal  and  endless, 
hence  it  is  called,  "endless  punishment,"  and  "eternal  punishment," 
because  it  is  the  punishment  which  God  has  fixed  according  to 
unchangeable  law.  A  man  may  partake  of  endless  torment,  and 
when  he  has  paid  the  penalty  for  his  transgression,  he  is  released, 
but  the  punishment  remains  and  awaits  the  next  culprit,  and  so 
<m  forever.  The  Lord  said  :  "Whosoever  speaketh  a  word  against 
the  Son  of  Man,  it  shall  be  forgiven  him ;  but  whosoever  speaketh 
against  the  Holy  Ghost,  it  shall  not  be  forgiven  him,  neither  in  this 
world,  neither  in  the  world  to  come"  (Matt.  12:32).  Again,  Paul 
said:  "If  in  this  life  only  we  have  hope  in  Christ,  we  are  of  all 
men  most  miserable"  (I  Cor.  15:9).  Thus  we  learn  that  some 
sins  are  to  be  forgiven  even  in  the  world  to  come,  and  that  even 
there  we  have  hope  in  Christ  as  well  as  here.  More  of  this  later  on. 

We  also  gather  from  the  explanation  given  regarding  eternal 
punishment,  the  meaning  of  eternal  life,  in  distinction  from  im- 
mortality. While  all  men  will  become  immortal  in  the  resurrec- 
tion from  the  dead,  that  they  shall  die  no  more  (Alma  11 :45),  yet 
only  those  who  are  faithful  shall  receive  eternal  life,  which  is  the 
life  God  possesses  and  grants  to  those  who  enter  into  his  rest  and 
are  partakers  of  the  blessings  of  his  kingdom.  None  but  the 
faithful  has  been  promised  eternal  life,  but  all  have  been  promised 
immortality. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  passage  that  the  "soul-sleepers," 
as  they  are  called,  rely  upon,  in  their  contention  that  the  body  is 
the  soul  of  man,  divested  of  life,  save  for  a  "short,  average  tenure 
of  three-score  years  and  ten,"  is  the  following,  in  the  sixth  chapter 
of  second  Timothy,  referring  to  our  Savior  as  "the  King  of  kings, 
and  Lord  of  Lords  ;  who  only  hath  immortality  dwelling  in  the 
light  which  no  man  can  approach  unto."  Basing  their  claims 
upon  this  passage,  they  argue  that  this  is  conclusive  proof  that 
man  in  no  sense  has  the  gift  of  immortality,  and  shall  cease  to  exist 
when  mortal  death  overtakes  him.  It  is  strange  they  will  hold  so 
tenaciously  to  this  expression,  interpreting  it  to  mean  that  the 
Savior  is  the  only  one  who  has  received  the  resurrection  from  the 
dead.and  therefore  the  only  one  "who  hath  immortality,"  and 
overlook  the  fact  recorded  by  Matthew  that  "The  graves  were 
opened  :  and  the  bodies  of  the  saints  which  slept  arose,  and  came 


IS  MAN  IMMORTAL?  199 

out  of  their  graves,  after  his  resurrection,  and  went  into  the  holy 
city,  and  appeared  unto  many"  (Matt.  27:52-53).  If  these  had 
also  partaken  of  the  resurrection,  as  we  are  assured  by  an  eye- 
witness, had  they  not  also  received  the  blessing  of  immortality  and 
eternal  life  as  well  as  the  Son  of  God  ?  It  is  recorded  in  the  Book 
of  Mormon  that  after  the  resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  faithful 
dead  on  this  continent  also  arose  in  the  resurrection  (III  Nephi 
23  :9,  10).  This  being  true,  what  then  did  Paul  mean  by  saying  to 
Timothy  that  the  Son  of  God  "only  hath  immortality?"  Simply 
this ;  that  of  all  who  have  dwelt  upon  this  earth,  the  Son  of  God 
stands  out  alone  as  the  only  one  who  possessed  life  in  himself,  and 
power  over  death  inherently.  Christ  was  never  subject  unto 
death,  even  on  the  cross,  but  death  was  ever  subject  unto  him. 
"As  the  Father  hath  life  in  himself,"  the  Savior  said,  "so  hath  he 
given  to  the  Son  to  have  life  in  himself"  (John  5  :26).  Again,  he 
said :  "Therefore  doth  my  Father  love  me,  because  I  lay  down 
my  life,  that  I  might  take  it  again.  No  man  taketh  it  from  me,  but 
I  lay  it  down  of  myself.  I  have  power  to  lay  it  down,  and  I  have 
pozver  to  take  it  again.  This  commandment  have  I  received  of  my 
Father"  (John  10:17-18).  Can  any  man  say  this?  Is  there  any 
one  else  who  could  truthfully  say  that  he  had  life  in  himself,  by 
which  he  could  lay  down  his  body  and  take  it  again  ?  We  are  all 
subject  to  the  mortal  death,  and  none  of  us  has  power  over  death. 
The  Savior,  however,  because  he  was  the  Only  Begotten  Son  of 
the  Father  in  the  flesh,  was  endowed  with  life  in  himself,  from  his 
birth,  even  as  his  Father  had  life  in  himself — which  is  immortality. 
And  so  Paul  declared  to  Timothy. 

With  man,  immortality  of  the  soul  (*".  e.  spirit  and  body)  is 
the  gift  of  God  through  the  death  and  resurrection  of  his  Son 
Jesus  Christ.  If  the  Savior  had  not  died  for  the  world,  man 
would  have  remained  in  his  sins.  There  could  have  been  no  resur- 
rection from  the  dead,  and  the  physical  body  would  have  gone 
down  into  the  grave  without  redemption,  while  the  spirit  would 
have  become  subject  to  the  devil  and  his  angels  eternally.  So  we 
learn  from  the  Book  of  Mormon  : 

"Wherefore  it  must  needs  be  an  infinite  atonement;  save  it  should 
be  an  infinite  atonement,  this  corruption  could  not  put  on  incor- 
ruption.  Wherefore,  the  first  judgment  which  came  upon  man,  must 
needs  have  remained  to  an  endless  duration.  And  if  so,  this  flesh 
must  have  laid  down  to  rot  and  to  crumble  to  its  mother  earth,  to  rise 
no  more.  *  *  For  behold,  if  the  flesh  should  rise  no  more,  our  spirits 
must  become  subject  to  that  angel  who  fell  from  before  the  presence 
of  the  eternal  God,  and  became  the  devil,  to  rise  no  more.  And  our 
spirits  must  have  become  like  unto  him,  and  we  become  devils,  angels 
to  a  devil,  to  be  shut  out  from  the  presence  of  our  God,  and  to  remain 
with  the  father  of  lies,  in  misery,  like  unto  himself"  (II  Nephi  9:7-8). 

But  this  was  not  the  plan  of  the  Creator. 


Blessings  from  (he  Tragedies  of  Life 


BY   ORSON    F.    WHITNEY,   OF   THE   COUNCIL  OF   THE 
TWELVE 

Out  of  the  tragedies  of  life  issue  our  greatest 
blessings.  There  is  compensation  for  every  ca- 
lamity. Not  more  surely  does  day  follow  night, 
than  does  joy  succeed  sorrow,  and  blessing  follow 
blighting.  The  whole  history  of  our  race  proves 
this  to  be  true.  Events  that  man  considers  his 
greatest  misfortunes,  turn  to  good,  and  produce 
benefits  in  the  Lord's  due  time. 

What  could  have  been  more  calamitous,  from 
a  human  point  of  view,  than  the  fall  of  our  first 
parents,  Adam  and  Eve?  It  brought  death  into 
the  world.  There  was  no  death  upon  this  planet 
till  then,  no  pain,  no  sorrow.  By  the  fall,  these 
misfortunes — if  we  may  call  them  so — came  upon 
the  human  family.  But  was  it  an  unmixed  evil? 
Did  anything  else  result  but  sorrow,  pain  and 
trouble?  The  natural  man  would  answer,  No, 
nothing  else.  We  are  not  dependent  upon  man, 
however,  when  we  face  this  solemn  problem. 

There  has  been  an  enlightenment  from  on 
High.  Our  heavenly  Father  has  sent  knowledge 
into  the  world,  explaining  away  the  misfortune, 
the  calamity,  and  has  made  plain  to  those  who 
believe  in  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  that  the  fall 
of  man  was  necessary  ;  that  by  means  of  it  the 
human  race  took  a  mighty  stride  forward — a 
downward  step,  yet  a  step  upward,  in  the  great 
march   toward   the   goal   of   eternal   life.      Adam 


himself  recognized  this  fact ;  Eve,  his  wife,  rec- 
ognized it,  and  it  has  crystalized  into  a  doctrine 
which  the  Latter-day  Saints  accept  as  divine: 
"Adam  fell  that  man  might  be,  and  man  is  that 
he  might  have  joy." 

Just  as  the  thorn  and  the  rose  spring  from  the 
same  stem,  so  joy  and  sorrow  blend  in  mortal  life  ; 
the  bitter  and  the  sweet  are  both  essential  to  com- 
plete the  round  of  human  experience.  Death  has 
its  mission,  as  well  as  life,  and  it  is  by  contrast 
that  we  learn  to  appreciate.  If  there  were  no 
night,  we  could  not  appreciate  the  day ;  if  there 
were  no  death,  we  would  not  know  the  value  nor 
the  significance  of  life  eternal. 

The  fall  of  Adam  and  Eve  was  a  terrible 
tragedy,  but  a  wonderful  blessing  came  from  it ; 
spirits  became  souls  with  opportunities  for  end- 
less advancement. 

Then  followed  the  tragedy  of  the  crucifixion, 
a  calamity  so  awful  that  the  Savior's  own  disci- 
ples turned  away  hopeless,  saying :  "We  trusted 
that  it  was  He  who  would  redeem  Israel,"  and 
they  went  back  to  their  nets  sad  and  disconsolate. 
But  in  that  very  hour,  when  it  seemed  as  if  Christ 
had  been  defeated,  there  was  achieved  the  great- 
est victory  the  world  has  ever  known.  What  a 
note  of  triumph  rings  through  the  announcement 
of  the  risen  Savior  to  his  commissioned  Apostles  : 
"All  power  is  given  me  in  heaven  and  on  earth. 
Go  ye,  therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  baptizing 
them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost."  "And  lo,  I  am  with 
you  alway,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world !" 


Jed  at  the  Old  Academy 



THE   THIRD  OF   A    SERIES   OF  FOUR   "jED"    STORIES,    EACH    COMPLETE 

IN  ITSELF 


BY   IDA   STEWART   PEAY 


Jed's  first  day  at  the  Academy  was  nearly  over.  Every  one 
had  been  very  good  to  him,  excepting",  of  course,  the  girls  who  had 
laughed  at  his  flannel  shirt  and  high-heeled  boots.  But  since  he 
had  slipped  away  and  spent  his  last  dollar  on  a  regulation  "Acad- 
emy Student"  outfit,  he  felt  almost  able  to  smile  over  even  that 
trying  occurrence.  And  the  beloved  President,  how  wonderful  he 
had  been  to  the  lone,  bewildered  sheep-herder !  The  new  student 
would  never  forget  it,  never.  Whenever  he  thought  of  the  kind, 
understanding  sympathy  in  the  deep-set,  grey  eyes,  his  heart 
swelled  with  emotion,  a  big,  vital  love  was  growing  within  him  for 
the  grand  old  teacher.  He  had  set  his  mark  high  before  he  saw  Dr. 
Maeser,  but  it  was  twice  as  high  now.  He  intended  to  study  and 
work  with  every  last  drop  of  energy  in  his  body,  and  as  he  emerged 
now  from  the  little  dark  frame  entrance  of  the  school  building  and 
strode  rapidly  away  he  felt  the  supply  to  be  unlimited.  Before  he 
reached  the  street  across  the  diagonal  path  leading  out  from  the 
door,  he  had  overtaken  two  professors  on  their  way  home.  One  of 
them  put  out  a  hand  to  detain  Jed  while  he  said  with  an  encourag- 
ing smile : 

"It  is  Polysophical  this  evening,  you  must  be  sure  to  come." 

The  big  sheep-herder  looked  at  the  man  with  a  puzzled  ex- 
pression. "Polysophical !"  He  had  never  heard  the  word  before. 
What  ever  did  it  mean  ? 

"What  time  ?"  he  managed  at  last  to  ask. 

"Seven  thirty.     You'll  be  there?" 

"Yes  sir,"  Jed  promised,  as  he  passed  on. 

He  did  not  hear  the  remarks  the  teachers  made  about  his 
splendid  physique.  He  could  not  suspect  that  had  he  come  to 
school  a  few  years  later  he  would  have  been  discovered  by  the 
"Coach"  and  made  the  pet  of  the  school  in  no  time.  He  did  not 
even  know  that  when  Mr.  James,  who  owned  the  small  farm  in  the 
cc\ge  of  town,  with  six  cows  to  milk  and  ten  head  of  stock  to  feed, 
had  watched  those  chores  dispatched  with  speed  and  thoroughness 
he  had  laughed  with  glee  and  declared  to  his  wife  in  the  evening 
that  they  had  found  a  treasure.  Blissfully  unaware  of  his  unusual 
strength,  vigor  and  precision,  Jed  went  methodically  through  his 
duties  and  was  back  to  the  Old  Ware  House  before  seven  thirty. 


JED  AT  THE  OLD  ACADEMY  203 

He  kept  repeating  to  himself  the  word  "Polysophical."  What 
kind  of  an  affair  would  it  be,  anyway !  It  turned  out  to  be  nothing 
mysterious,  after  all,  but  a  very  entertaining  program  of  speak- 
ing, reading  and  music.  When  the  sheep-herder  wrote  to  Hebe 
and  Abe  about  it  he  called  it  "half  meeting,  and  half  concert." 

Jed  was  deeply  absorbed  throughout  the  evening;  he,  cer- 
tainly, never  had  heard  such  talking,  he  felt  stirred  to  still  higher 
striving.  The  reading  and  music,  too,  delighted  him.  The  best 
part  of  his  nature  was  alive  and  rising  to  the  higher  and  finer 
things  of  life.  When  the  entertainment  was  over  the  new  student 
went  down  stairs  with  the  crowd.  Outside  he  watched  the  people 
disperse  in  lively  groups.  As  yet  he  had  met  only  teachers,  there 
was  not  a  student  to  whom  he  could  speak  or  attach  himself  to  walk 
up  the  street  in  comradely  fashion.  A  sense  of  loneliness  depressed 
him,  he  yearned  for  Hebe  and  Abe.  There  never  had  been  a  time, 
even  when  the  older  people  had  criticized  and  reproached  him 
most,  when  Jed  could  not  be  bosom  friends  with  any  boy  in  Black- 
gulch.  Now  he  hung  disconsolately  on  the  outside  of  a  circle 
of  young  men  who  stood  around  the  little  frame  entrance  watching 
the  people  come  out.  These  boys  were  making  remarks  and  oc- 
casionally laughing,  not  always  softly,  as  the  girls  filed  by  in  small 
groups  of  twos  and  threes.  Presently  as  some  young  women  came 
out  one  boy  said  to  another, 

"There's  you're  girl,  Ben,  get  along  and  see  her  home." 

"No  thanks,"  declined  the  youth  addressed  as  Ben,  super- 
ciliously, "she's  not  my  girl." 

"Now,  you  know  she  is,  so  you  don't  need  to  craw-fish  out  of 
it  that  way,"  maintained  the  first  speaker,  giving  the  young  man 
called  Ben  a  playful  shove  that  would  have  sent  him  sprawling  at 
the  girl's  heels  if  he  had  not  stiffened  and  resisted  instantly.  When 
he  had  shouldered  himself  back  into  the  middle  of  the  crowd  an- 
other young  man  asked, 

"Why  didn't  you  take  her  home,  Ben?" 

"O,  'cause  didn't  want  to,"  scoffed  Ben  loftily.  "Took  her 
home  one  day  last  week — asked  her  for  a  kiss  and  she  didn't  have 
any  more  sense  than  to  kiss  me." 

"Didn't  you  want  her  to  kiss  you?"  some  one  in  the  crowd 
enquired  impulsively. 

"No,"  scorned  the  boy  without  noticing  who  spoke  to  him. 

"What  did  you  ask  her  fur,  then?"  demanded  the  voice. 

"Just  to  see  what  she'd  do — test  her,"  snickered  Ben  still 
taking  no  note  of  his  questioner. 

"Now  you  don't  respect  her  any  more?" 

"No,  I  don't,"  declared  Ben. 

"By  dern,  if  I  see  how  much  better  you  are  than  the  girl !" 
said  the  voice.  "You  did  the  offerin',  yet  you  still  seem  to  be  highly 
respectin'  yourself." 


204  I.MI'ki  >VEMENT   KRA 

"Well,  of  course,  but  who  arc  you?"  Ben  looked  around  in 
angry  surprise. 

"Well,"  drawled  the  voice  as  its  owner  stepped  out  into  the 
spot  of  light  thrown  by  the  lamp  burning  in  the  little  frame 
entrance,  "I'm  a  feller  that  likes  your  way  of  doing  a  heap  less 
than   1  do  the  girl's." 

"Mo,  it's  thr  cow-puncher  that  galloped  in  this  morning,  is  it?" 
lien  Shumway  laughed  sneeringly  as  though  the  opinion  were  not 
worthy  of  further  notice. 

"Yes,"  owned  the  girl's  champion,  "an'  I  guess  my  notions  are 
pretty  countryfied,  anyhow  I  ain't  goin'  to  ask  girls  to  kiss  me  and 
then  go  'round  pulling  down  their  characters  if  they  do  it.  The 
test  that's  used  on  girls  ain't  too  strong  for  me." 

"O,  say,  fellers  come  on,  let  us  join  the  cow-puncher's  Sunday 
school  class."  mocked  Mr.  Shumway,  laughing  derisively.  "Say, 
that's  a  good  one."  The  other  boys  first  snickered  and  chuckled 
then  joined  with  amused  good  nature  in  Ben's  guying  laughter. 

"By  George,  boys,  I  think  the  cow-puncher's  right,  though  I'd 
never  thought  of  it  that  w7ay  myself,"  a  young  man  stepped  out 
into  the  circle  of  light  and  smilingly  offered  his  hand  to  the 
stranger.  "Say,  you're  the  kind  of  a  chap  I  could  trust  my  sister 
with  ;  put  'er  there  !"  he  said  with  hearty  good  will,  adding  politely, 
"my  name's  Bleeson." 

"Bleeson!  Why  you  look  for  the  world  like — a — a — like — 
a — did   your  sister  teach   school   down   south   last   winter?" 

"Yes,  and  she's  down  there  again  this  winter." 

"Yes,  well,  then,"  said  the  big  sheep-herder,  for,  of  course,  it 
was  Jed,  "perhaps  you've  heard  of  me,  Ware." 

''Jed  Ware,"  cried  the  boy. 

Jed  nodded  while  he  and  the  young  man  shook  hands  vigor- 
ously. 

"Boys,  this  is  a  friend  of  Amy's,"  cried  young  Bleeson  warmly, 
"come  and  meet  him,  and  shake  the  hand  of  a  real  gentleman.  By- 
the-way,  my  sister  said  that  you  were  coming  and — a — and, 
George !  I'm  glad  I've  'run  on'  to  you.  Amy  says  he's  the  finest  fel- 
low in  the  land." 

Tt  was  fortunate  for  Jed  that  the  light  was  dim,  for  this  good 
word  from  Amy  Bleeson  dyed  his  brown  face  red,  and  caused  a 
glad  delight  to  sparkle  in  his  black  eyes. 

Jack  Bleeson  was  evidently  held  in  high  esteem,  for  the 
students  readily  came  forward  to  get  acquainted  with  the  cow- 
puncher.  All  but  Ben  Shumway,  he  turned  on  his  heel  and  walked 
haughtily  away.  When  the  introductions  and  hand-shakings  were 
over,  and  the  crowd  had  started  up  the  now  deserted  streets.  Jack 
Bleeson  remarked  regretfully, 

"Pshaw!  Ben  didn't  need  to  get  'on  his  ear."  'Course  we've 
all  thought  the  way  he  did  was  alright — done  it  ourselves,  maybe 


JED  AT  THE  OLD  ACADEMY  205 

— but  when  Ware,  here,  took  exceptions — why  I  just  naturally 
thought  his  view  was  the  most  fair — anyway,  I  wouldn't  like  men 
to  try  my  sister." 

"O  well,  no  one  would  ever  think  of  treating  Amy  Bleeson 
that  way,  it's  only  a  certain  kind  of  girls — "  Joe  Anderson  began, 
but  Jack  interrupted  him. 

"O  yes,  certain  kind  of  girls — but  I  suppose  the  fellows  that 
are  at  such  pains  to  discover  'certain  kind  of  girls'  and  then  ad- 
vertise them  don't  look  any  better  to  Ware,  here,  than  the  girls." 

"That's  what  gets  me,"  mused  Jed,  "you  fellers  thinking  it's 
alright  to  offer,  what  you  think  it's  all  wrong  for  a  girl  to  accept." 

"Well,  a  man  wants  to  know  what  kind  of  a  girl  he's  out 
with,"  Joe  Anderson,  defended.  "He  doesn't  want  to  have  a  girl 
that  any  fellow  can  kiss." 

"No,  he  just  wants  to  kiss  as  many  as  he  chooses,  then  con- 
sider the  one  he  thinks  ain't  been  kissed  the  only  one  fit  for  him," 
laughed  Jed. 

"Ah,  now,  Ware,  you've  kissed  the  girls  yourself,"  teased  Joe 
Anderson,  "own  up." 

"No,"  denied  Jed,  "haven't  been  around  girls  much.  Never 
partic'Iarly  wanted  to  kiss  any  of  them — and  didn't  know  anything 
about  this'  test  business  you  fellers  carry  on.  There's  never  been 
but  one  girl — a  that  is — if  I  ever  did  care  that  much  for  a  girl,  I'd 
think  of  testing  the  angels  as  quick  as  offerin'  her  such  an  in- 
sult." 

The  young  men  discussed  the  question  all  the  way  up  the 
street.  Presently  young  Bleeson  stopped,  and  giving  Jed  a  friendly 
pat  on  the  shoulders  remarked,  "You're  alright,  Ware,  Amy  thinks 
you  are.  I  know  you  can  teach  us  fellows  a  thing  or  two  about 
some  matters.  I  turn  off  here,  good  night."  After  Jack  Bleeson 
left  the  crowd,  and  the  others  had  walked  on  some  distance,  one 
boy  began  to  chuckle,  "'Spose  Jack's  got  his  foot  in  it  now  with 
Ben,"  he  said. 

"I  hope  there'll  be  no  feelings  between  them  on  my  account," 
deplored  Jed. 

"O,  there's  sure  to  be,"  predicted  the  other.  "You  know  Jack 
and  Ben  are  quite  chummy,  and,  besides,  Ben  has  serious  pre- 
tentions towards  Jack's  sister,  Amy." 

Once  again  Jed  could  be  grateful  for  the  darkness,  else  surely 
his  new  friends  would  have  seen  the  startled  look  of  pain  that  came 
into  his  face  upon  this  revelation.  He  soon  left  the  crowd.  As  he 
wished  them  good  night  they  answered  pleasantly,  somehow  he 
seemed  to  have  established  a  line  between  himself  and  them,  even  if 
he  had  attacked  one  of  their  favorite  pastimes.  When  Jed  was  out 
of  hearing  one  man  expressed  the  conclusion  of  all  as  he  remarked, 

"Raw,  but  rather  a  fine  chap." 

Swinging  along  in  his  strong  easy  stride  Jed  soon  reached  the 


206  IMPR(  >V1  MINI    I  RA 

farm  in  the  edge  of  town  and  climbed  the  stairs  to  the  little  room 
that  was  his.  When  he  had  lighted  the  lamp  on  the  small  study 
table,  seated  himself  and  opened  his  books,  he  raised  his  eyes  to 
the  tiny  old  fashioned  mirror  on  the  wall  above  him,  and  looked 
long  and  soberly  at  his  own  reflection.  He  could  not  help  but 
sec  that  it  was  a  strikingly  strong  and  handsome  face  that  looked 
hack  at  him.  But  the  big  sheep  herder  was  not  conscious  of  his 
outward  self,  deeply  perturbed  he  was  gazing  into  the  deaths  of 
the  fine  dark  eyes  as  though  trying  to  see  the  soul  behind  them. 
Presently  he  murmured  aloud, 

"JvA  Ware,  did  you  come  up  here  to  get  some  schoolin'  be- 
cause you  knew  yon  was  ignorant  or  did  you  come  thinking  maybe 
some  day  by  studin'  abit  you  might  get  to  associate  with — with 
Amy  Bleeson?  If  you  come  for  the  sake  of  the  girl,  you'd  take 
the  trail  back  tomorrow.  She's  not  for  such  as  you.  She  belongs 
to  the  big  school,  the  big  town  and  the  'blue-bloods.'  Like  as  not 
she's  already  promised  to  that  stuck-up  guy  who  goes  'round  kiss- 
ing girls  just  to  see  if  he  can — and  her  as  pure  as  the  angels." 

Jed  looked  hurt,  injured,  then  his  dark  eyes  gleamed  angrily  at 
the  thought.  Ihnv  he  despised  a  man  who  could  aspire  to  the 
hand  of  Amy  Bleeson  and  he  kissing  other  girls  he  didn't  even 
respect!  Jed  remembered  noticing'  Shumway  during  the  day. 
He  was  the  best  dressed  young  man  in  school  and  had  a  cold, 
proud,  almost  disdainful  way  with  him  that  had  somehow  irri- 
tated the  country  hoy  before  he  knew  him  to  be  the  sweetheart  of 
the  little  teacher.  Jed  knew  intuitively  that  Shumway  was  the 
aristocrat  of  the  school.  And  to  think  he  had  imagined  she  "would 
look  with  favor  on  a  great,  awkward,  ignorant  sheep-herder!" 
Then  Jed's  thoughts  went  back — for  the  thousandth  time — over 
one  wondrous  moon-lit  evening,  now  months  ago,  when  the  little 
girl  teacher  as  he  called  her  to  himself,  had  held  out  both  her 
hands  to  him.  and  with  that  pulse-quickening  sympathy  and  kind- 
ness shining  in  her  deep  blue  eyes,  had  murmured  softly,  "O  you 
big  Jed."    This  precious  little  memory  heartened  him. 

"O  well,"  he  broke  into  audible  words  again,  "any  how  I'm 
going  to  get  some  schoolin'.  a  whole  lot  of  schoolin'  and  then, 
we'll  see!" 

In  his  masterful  way  Jed  put  aside  his  tormenting  reflections 
and  began  on  his  studies.  He  worked  and  worked  and  tried  and 
tried,  when  it  was  far  past  mid-night  he  was  still  not  prepared  in  a 
single  lesson.  It  was  woefully  discouraging,  and  after  a  few- 
more  unsuccessful  attempts  the  sheep-herder  retired,  heavy  of 
heart  and  brain  weary.  In  the  blessed  land  of  dreams  he  was  soon 
back  to  the  sheep-herd,  lazily  playing  cards  and  smoking  sociable 
cigarettes  with  good  old  Hebe  and  Abe,  with  no  lessons  nor  striv- 
ings nor  jealousies  to  mar  the  care-free  day. 

Many  weeks  had  passed  since  Jed  had  entered  the  Brigham 


JED  AT  THE  OLD  ACADEMY  207 

Young  Academy.  His  severe  trials  had  brought  him  more  than 
once  to  the  point  of  giving  up,  but  every  time  he  had  conquered  and 
renewed  his  effort  with  redoubled  determination.  At  first  it  seemed 
like  no  matter  how  hard  he  worked  he  made  no  headway,  but 
finally  his  labors  began  to  be  rewarded.  The  vigor  and  energy  with 
which  he  pursued  his  studies  could  not  have  failed  to  bring  results, 
but  that  alone  did  not  account  for  his  unusual  progress  ;  he  had 
also,  with  this  great  capacity  for  work,  a  good  memory,  splendid 
reasoning  powers  and  quick  perception.  It  developed  that  he  had  a 
remarkable  head  for  mathematics  and  the  languages.  Before  com- 
ing to  school  he  had  been  thrown  with  Mexicans,  Indians,  and 
Scandinavians  and  had  quickly  picked  up  a  smattering  knowledge 
of  their  various  tongues.  He  began  the  study  of  Spanish  and  was 
soon  leading  the  class.  In  Arithmetic,  too,  he  was  advancing 
rapidly  and  finally  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  semester  found 
himself  in  a  class  with  Ben  Shumway. 

From  that  first  evening  when  Jed  had  impulsively  called  the  city 
boy  down,  young  Shumway  had  despised  the  sheep-herder  and  had 
showed  his  contempt  in  many  small,  but  by  no  means  unnotice- 
able,  ways.  When  Jed  entered  his  class  in  mathematics  Mr.  Shum- 
way said  slurringly  to  the  teacher, 

"Do  you  think  it  is  fair  to  the  rest  of  us  to  allow  some  one  in 
the  class  that  will  hold  us  all  back?" 

Jed's  brown  face  reddened  as  he  took  his  seat  in  confusion,  but 
he  vowed  to  himself  that  Shumway  should  be  the  one  to  be  left  be- 
hind. He  threw  himself  into  the  work  with  a  will  and  it  was 
quickly  apparent  he  would  be  able  to  keep  up  with  his  fellow  class- 
mates. 

The  big  herder  had  not  been  too  busy  to  exchange  glances  now 
and  then  with  the  girls  and  to  indulge  occasionally  in  a  little  play- 
ful repartee.  The  young  women  found  him  very  interesting,  so  he 
did  not  lack  for  invitations  to  parties  and  socials.  At  first  he  per- 
sistently refused  to  be  lured  from  his  lessons  but  finally  encouraged 
and  actually  coaxed  by  Jack  Bleeson,  who  had  been  as  friendly  as 
Ben  Shumway  was  hostile,  Jed  sometimes  accepted.  Wherever  he 
went  he  never  failed  to  attract  attention  ;  he  always  entered  into 
the  fun  and  helped  out  so  appreciably  that  he  was  at  once  in  con- 
siderable demand.  When  the  third  dance  of  the  season  came 
along — there   was   one   every   five   weeks — Jed   attended. 

The  first  young  lady  he  danced  with  came  back  to  her  seat 
beaming  with  pleasure. 

"He's  the  grandest  dancer!"  she  exclaimed  extravagantly  to 
her  friends  and  thereafter  the  sheep-herder  found  himself  the 
center  of  a  merry  whirl  and  the  object  of  very  much  attention. 

"You  can  trust  the  girls  for  discovering  a  chap  like  Ware," 
one  of  the  professors  remarked  as  he  observed  the  country  boy's 
popularity. 


208  [MPR(  >VEMENT  ERA 

After  the  party  was  over  Jed  stood  with  other  male  students 
around  the  little  frame  entrance  outside  to  watch  the  people  come 
out.  When  the  young  lady  with  whom  he  danced  first  passed, 
one  of  the  scholars  suggested, 

'•'There's  the  girl  for  you,  Ware,  Allie  Peck  sure  thinks  you're 
about  right." 

"I'm  not  looking  for  a  girl,"  said  Jed. 

"Some  girl  down  south  must  have  Ware's  heart,"  spoke  up  Joe 
Anderson,  "or  he'd  surely  he  flattered  by  the  notice  of  Allie  Peck  ; 
why  she's  the  prettiest  young  lady  in  school  now  Amy  Bleeson  is 
away." 

"(  ),  many  people  think  Allie  is  hotter  looking  than  Amy,"  put 
in  Jack  Plecson. 

"Pooh,"  cried  Jed  off  his  guard,  "the  Peck  girl  can't  hold  a 
candle  to  Amy   Bleeson   for  looks — or   for  anything  else." 

"Ho!  ho!  Now  the  cat's  out  of  the  bag!"  roared  Joe  An- 
derson, immensely  amused.  "Amy  Bleeson!  Well,  who'd  have 
thought !" 

All  the  young  men  laughed  and  teased  Jed  except  one.  Ben 
Shumway's  lip  curled  in  scorn, 

"Some  folks  can  look  high,"  he  slurred,  "when  they  have 
more  gall  than  gumption." 

The  boys  knew  by  the  venom  in  his  voice  that  Ben  was 
indignant  and  disgusted.  Jed  knew  it  and  answered  with  char- 
acteristic independence, 

'  I  have  a  right  to  admire  any  girl  I  choose,  at  least  the 
young  lady's  objections  are  all  I'm  intending  to  notice." 

Jack  Bleeson  quickly  and  wisely  put  further  words  at  an  end 
by  breaking  up  the  gathering.  After  this  it  was  an  open  secret 
that  Jed  and  Ben  were  at  sword's  points,  though  the  city  man 
scorned  to  look  upon  the  big  cow-puncher  as  a  rival. 

A  few  days  after  the  foregoing  incident  Jed  was  passing  Mr. 
Shumway's  desk  when  his  eye  fell  upon  a  fat  letter  boldly  ad- 
dressed to  Miss  Amy  Bleeson.  Young  Shumway  reached  out  and 
laid  his  hand  over  the  letter,  not,  however,  until  he  was  sure  Jed 
had  read  the  name,  then  with  a  contemptuous  glance,  as  if  accusing 
the  passer-by  of  trying  to  find  out  other  people's  affairs,  he  put  the 
envelope  in  his  pocket.  This  slight-of-hand  performance  succeeded 
in  tormenting  the  country  man,  his  heart  was  sore  for  many  days. 
In  a  few  weeks,  as  he  was  passing  Mr.  Shumway's  desk  again, 
another  letter  was  lying  conveninently  near  the  edge  of  the  bench. 
With  one  glance  Jed  recognized  the  pretty  feminine  hand-writing 
of  the  little  girl  teacher.  There  was  a  triumphant  light  in  Shum- 
way's eyes  as  he  once  more  pretended  to  snatch  the  envelope  from 
pryers. 

It  was  useless  for  Jed  to  tell  himself  that  Amy  Bleeson  was 
nc  thing  to  him  and  was  free  to  write  to  whom  she  chose,  even  to  an 


JED  AT  THE  OLD  ACADEMY  209 

unfeeling-  aristocrat  who  continued,  as  all  the  boys  well  knew,  to 
kiss  girls  just  for  fun,  considering  it  not  only  a  legitimate  pastime 
but  the  main  one  in  which  a  man  could  prove  himself  a  real  sport. 
Jed  was  facing  the  fact  that  this  particular  young  lady  was  all  the 
world  to  him  and  whatever  she  did  affected  him  tremendously.  He 
was  seriously  considering  writing  Amy  himself — he  had  grown 
very  bold  of  late,  he  called  her  Amy,  just  Amy,  dear  Amy.  But, 
no,  he  could  not  write  to  her  yet.  Arithmetic  was  getting  easy, 
so  were  some  of  his  other  studies,  but  writing,  letter  writing, 
that  was  too  much  at  present.  So  Jed  bore  Shumway's  teasing 
and  ground  his  teeth  when  he  saw  the  young  pleasure-seeker  out 
with  girls  not  up  to  Amy  Bleeson's  standard. 

He  plunged  into  his  studies  with  greater  force  than  ever, 
working  early  and  late  and  never  giving  up  until  he  had  ac- 
complished whatever  he  set  out  to  do.  O,  but  he  was  restless 
during  the  warm  bright  days  of  spring.  He  only  held  himself  to 
his  tasks  with  a  grip  of  iron  and  a  real  ache  to  leave  Shumway 
behind  in  mathematics.  This  desire  was  at  last  realized  as  he  was 
once  more  advanced. 

"I'm  glad  I  did  not  have  to  hold  you  back,"  he  remarked 
wickedly  to  Ben  as  he  left  the  class. 

One  week  before  school  closed  for  the  summer  vacation  Amy 
Bleeson  came  to  Polysophical  with  her  brother  Jack.  Jed  saw 
her  enter  from  a  seat  in  the  back  of  the  room.  She  was  nodding 
pleasantly  this  way  and  that  and  laughingly  shaking  hands  with 
everybody.  Strange  that  the  appearance  of  a  young  girl  with 
smiling  blue  eyes  and  fluffy  yellow  hair  could  set  the  pulse  of  a 
great  strong  man  to  surging  that  way.  Jed  wondered  at  it  as  he 
felt  his  heart  pounding  like  a  sledge  hammer  aginst  his  chest.  He 
missed  much  of  the  lecture,  because  he  could  not  take  his  eyes  from 
the  face  of  the  pretty  visitor.  When  the  program  was  over  the 
sheep-herder  hastened  down  stairs  and  stationed  himself  as  usual 
at  the  entrance  to  watch  the  people  file  out.  Suddenly  Miss 
Bleeson  and  her  brother  emerged  and  Jed  took  a  step  forward  just 
as  Ben  Shumway  very  naturally  and  easily  fell  into  step  with  the 
pair — by  the  side-  of  the  young  lady — and  the  three  chatting  mer- 
rily walked  away. 

The  crowd  had  seen  Jed  start  forward  and  they  now  guyed 
him  good  naturedly,  though  that  was  the  smallest  reason  why  this 
was  the  bitterest  moment  of  the  boy's  life.  No  comforting  dreams 
came  to  him  through  the  night,  for  he  never  once  lost  consciousness 
in  sleep.  He  felt  that  he  was  a  lost  boy.  He  knew  now  that  he 
had  been  working  for  Amy  Bleeson  and  since  she  had  walked  awav 
with  the  other  fellow — well  the  ground  seemed  to  have  slipped  out 
from  under  his  feet. 

Ah,  Shumway  has  fine  manners  and  fine  clothes,  if  his  morals 
are  loose — what  does   it  matter !     Women  do  not  care   for   real 


210  IMPROVE  MINT   l'.RA 

worth  in  a  man,  they  think  only  of  his  appearance.  Jed  tried  to 
think  it  all  nut  through  the  Inn--  night.  When  morning  came  he 
had  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  the  only  place  he  could  get  back 
his  peace  of  mind  was  at  the  sheep-herd. 

This  particular  Saturday,  it  happened,  had  been  planned  for  a, 
school  outing  upon  the  mountain  side.  It  was  a  beautiful  warm 
morning  toward  the  last  of  May  and  Jed  decided  he  would  go,  as 
he  had  never  been  upon  the  great  Wasatch  which  towered  majestic- 
ally above  the  town,  and  upon  which  he  had  often  looked  with 
strange  fascination.  He  tramped  listlessly  up  to  Oak  Springs 
chancing  to  be  the  first  one  to  arrive  there. 

When  he  had  viewed  the  landscape  for  some  time,  his  eye  rov- 
ing admiringly  over  the  green  fields,  the  little  town  and  the 
sparkling  lake  in  the  distance,  his  spirits  began  to  rise.  What  a 
beautiful  picture !  What  a  wonderful  world !  It  was  good  to  be 
alive,  after  all !  Crowds  of  young  people  were  coming  into  view. 
There  was  half  a  dozen  girls  and  boys  in  the  first  group,  Jed  turned 
as  they  approached  him  and  recognized,  first  of  all,  Amy  Bleeson. 
He  did  not  know  who  else  was  in  that  small  company ;  he  only 
knew  Shumway  was  not  with  them.  When  the  little  girl  teacher 
saw  the  sheep-herder  she  came  forward  with  her  pretty  bright 
smile — Jed  thought  the  sight  of  her  must  make  everybody  feel 
good  and  happy. 

"Why,  Jed,  I'm  so  glad  to  see  you,"  she  cried  gaily,  "and  I'm 
so  proud  that  you  have  made  such  a  splendid  record,  Jack  has 
been  telling  me — I  knew  you  would !" 

She  held  out  her  hand  to  him.  Jed  took  it  and  pressed  it 
warmly  murmuring, 

"Glad  to  see  you — oh,  thank  you."  Then  Miss  Bleeson  won- 
dered at  his  strange  confusion,  he  seemed  to  be  looking  over  her 
head  at  something.  It  was  Shumway's  rapid  approach  that  had 
caught  his  eye  and  his  breath,  too.  Then  Jed  did  a  bold  and 
desperate  thing. 

"Will  you  run  away  with  me  to  that  peak,  yonder — away  from 
the  rest.  Come,  will  you  go  with  me?"  he  asked  quickly  leaning 
slightly  towards  her  with  all  the  old  dare-devil  mischief  in  his 
dark  eyes. 

"O  won't  that  be  a  lark !"  exclaimed  the  girl  catching  the  fire 
of  his  spirit,  and  Jed  guided  her  quickly  around  a  boulder — 
away  from  Shumway — and  they  started  the  upward  climb  together. 

As  thev  put  distance  between  them  and  the  other  man.  led 
grew  light-hearted  and  full  of  fun.  like  he  used  to  be  in  Black- 
gulch.     Soon  Miss  Bleeson  remarked, 

"O   it's  good  to  be  with  you,  Jed,  you  are  always  so  lively." 

Jed's  eyes  sparkled  with  pleasure,  as  he  led  her  to  a  great  flat 
rock,  where  they  sat  down  cide  by  side.  Being  thus  with  her  was 
almost  too  much  for  the  big.  lonely,  hungry-hearted  sheep-herder ; 


JED  AT  THE  OLD  ACADEMY 


211 


he  was  too  happy  to  speak.  They  looked  out  over  the  entrancing 
picture  before  them,  and  marveled  over  the  beauty  of  the  scene. 
All  nature  was  fresh  and  lovely,  in  the  pale  green  of  early  spring, 
and  a  million  suns  were  reflected  in  the  morning  dew. 

Presently  they  began  to  talk  of  Blackgulch,  of  Hebe,  Abe  and 
Sally  Brown,  of  the  school  over  the  "tater  hole,"  and  Jed's  work 
in  the  Academy.  Miss  Bleeson  was  lavish  in  her  praise  of  his 
splendid  progress. 

At  length  the  young  lady  suggested  that  they  return  to  the 
springs.  Jed  slipped  down  from  the  rock  and  stood  before  her 
in  evident  confusion.     He  seemed  to  have  something  on  his  mind. 

"Miss  Bleeson — o — er — "  he  began  hesitatingly,  "do  you  think 
— a — would  it  be  asking  too  much — that  is,  will  you  go  to  the 
party  with  me  next  Friday  night?" 

Miss  Bleeson  burst  into  a  merry  laugh.  Jed's  distress  was 
surely  comical.  "Why,  yes,  Jed,  of  course  I  will,"  she  said.  Jed 
looked  and  felt  so  relieved  and  delighted  that  when  their  eyes  met 
they  both  laughed  happily. 

"I'm  ashamed  to  ask  you  so   far  ahead  but  I — a — " 

"I'm  glad  you  did,"   smiled  the  girl. 

Then  they  were  silent  a  long  time.  Presently  Jed  mused 
dreamily. 

"Do  you  know,  it  was  just  such  a  morning  as  this  that  I 
thought  of  when  I  first  saw  you — spring  time,  sun-shine,  blue  skies, 
wild  flowers — "  he  closed  his  eyes  slowly  as  though  a  delicious 
thought  were  in  his  mind.  "Do  you  know,  it  seems  like  I  have 
been  with  you  in  this  very  spot  before,  sometime,"  he  meditated, 
his  dark  eyes  bright  and  gentle. 

Miss  Bleeson  looked  up  at  the  big  herder,  her  blue  eyes  bluer 
as  she  laughed  softly,  "O  you  strange  Jed !" 

Jed's  pulse  quickened,  once  more  his  ambition  was  fired.  "I've 
changed  my  mind  about  teaching  over  the  'tater  hole',"  he  said, 
"if  I  ever  teach  it  will  be — " 

"In  the  Academy,  of  course,"  smiled  Miss  Bleeson. 


Midsummer  on  the  Wasatch  Summits 


It  is  through  the  law  of  antithesis  that  one  often  de- 
rives the  greatest  pleasure  from  a  contemplation  of  nature, 
both  subjectively  and  objectively.  For  instance,  take  this 
beautiful  piece  of  landscape  on  the  Wasatch  summits.  In 
midsummer,  could  one  think  of  this  place,  this  scene  of 
primal  wonder,  above  lakes  Mary  and  Martha  among  the 
granite  ledges  of  the  great  central  ridge  of  the  Wasatch 
range,  without  recalling  the  delicious  coolness  of  the  moun- 
tain air,  and  the  shadows  beneath  the  branches  of  the  groves 
of  fir,  spruce  and  pine?  Speak  to  me  of  the  place,  in  the 
month  of  August,  and  immediately  the  imagination  hears  the 
sound  of  snow-fed  waters,  as  they  tumble  down  from  the 
heights  ;  or  sees  the  white  purity  of  the  lingering  snows 
themselves  among  the  gleaming  granite.  But  speak  of  it 
now,  in  this  month  of  winter,  and  imagination  brings- up 
most  vividly  another  set  of  emotions.  Yes ;  one  realizes  that 
now  the  mountain  tops  are  literally  buried  in  snow,  that  the 
winter  moon — which  now  shines  in  the  sky — illumines  a 
wilderness  of  arctic  whiteness,  and  that  the  lakes  are  frozen 
beneath  the  accumulated  snows.  But  one  refuses  that 
picture,  and  looks  forward  to  the  summer's  prime.  Yes ; 
while  now  I  listen  to  the  winds,  as  they  whirl  the  snow  drifts 
along  the  street,  the  imagination  revels  in  the  remembrance 
of — in  the  anticipation  of — the  gardens  of  the  wild.  I  see 
the  masses  of  azure  Penstemons,  the  flaming  gold  of  the 
myriad  butter-cups,  the  troops  of  stately  columbines,  the 
solemn  monk's-hood,  and  the  crimson  mimulus.  In  im- 
agination I  climb  the  heights  and  find  again  the  wan  orchids, 
the  fiery  geraniums,  the  countless  pale  or  gorgeous-colored 
asters,  and  the  velvet  clematis.  And,  at  last,  I  pause,  rest  a 
moment  upon  the  heights,  amid  the  August  twilight,  where, 
in  the  season,  is  heard  the  melodious  and  thrilling  notes  of 
the  vesper-sparrow,  and  the  hermit-thrush,  and  where  are 
found  the  saxifraga,  the  gentian,  the  stone-crop,  and  the 
alpine  club-moss,  and  where  grows  that  rarest,  and  the 
highest-found,  of  Wasatch  flowers — Parry's  Primula — with 
purple  carrola  and  golden  eye — and  which  fills  the  mountain 
air  with  a  luscious  perfume.  Thus,  on  this  mid-winter 
night,  whilst  the  snows  are  whirled  through  the  deserted 
streets,  I  indulge  in  a  dream  of  mid-summer  on  the  Wasatch 
summits. 

Alfred  Lambourne. 


THE    MEADOWLARK 


Outlines  for  Scout  Workers 


BY  DELBERT  W.  PARRATT,  B.  S. 


VI.      THE    WESTERN    MEADOWLARK 

Silent  we  sat  in  solemn  awe, 

Watching  the  great  sun  rise. 
When  clear  and  sweet  from  a  nearby  haw 

A  meadowlark  sang  to  the  skies. 
The  air  was  a-throb  with  his  thrilling  lay, — 
"It's  here!     It's  here!    The  beautiful  day." — Ethel  Jarvis. 


1.  Why  is  the  meadowlark  so  named?    Is  it  a  lark?  If  not,  what  is 
it?     What  other  birds  belong  to  this  family? 

2.  Note  size,  shape,  and  color. 

3.  Contrast  male  and  female  in  size  and  color.     Why  these  dif- 
ferences? 

4.  Upon  what  does  the  meadowlark  feed?     In  what  way  do  the 
feet   and   bill   indicate   this? 

5.  Is  this  bird  a  high  and  fast  flyer?     What  is  there  about  the 
body  and  wings  that  shows  this? 

6.  Name  some  enemies  nf  the  meadowlark  and  tell  how  the  bird 
protects  itself  from  them. 


OUTLINES  FOR  SCOUT  WORKERS  215 

7.  Describe   the   makeup   of  the   nest  and   tell   where   it   is  usually 
built.     Why  built  there? 

8.  Tell  of  the  number,  color,  markings,  and  size  of  eggs.     Sug- 
gest enemies  of  the  eggs  and  explain  how  the  enemies  are  warded  off. 

9.  Which   bird  sings,  the  male  or  female?     Why?     Suggest  the 
characteristics  of  the  songs. 

10.  Should  we  protect  the  meadowlark?     Give   two   reasons  for 
your  answer. 

11.  How  many  broods   are  usually  hatched  in  a   season?     How 
should  this  effect  the  care  bestowed  upon  the  bird? 

12.  There  are  four  kinds  of  meadowlarks.    What  are  they?  Where 
is  each  found?     Which  is  ours? 

13.  Where  does  ours  spend  the  winter? 

HANDY  MATERIAL 

"The  cheerless  remnant  of  the  snowdrift  lies 
Along  the  fields,  and  there  are  wintry  skies 
Whose  chilling  blasts  assail  the  Meadowlark. 
I  know  not  how  you  find  subsistence  here, 
Among  the   withered   herbs   of  yester-year: 
I  grieve  for  your  uncertain  days — but  hark! 
I  hear  your  brave  note  calling,  loud  and  clear." 

— Edward  R.  Ford 

The  meadowlark  is  not  a  lark,  but  is  one  of  the  starlings  and, 
therefore,  belongs  to  the  same  family  as  do  the  blackbird,  oriole, 
and  bobolink.  From  a  geographical  standpoint,  there  are  four  dif- 
ferent meadowlarks,  the  Eastern,  Southern,  Rio  Grande,  and 
Western.    The  one  so  familiar  to  us  is  the  Western  meadowlark. 

In  general  it  is  about  the  size  of  a  robin,  being  eight  to  ten 
inches  from  tip  of  bill  to  end  of  tail.  The  bill  is  over  one 
inch  long  and  the  tail  comparatively  short  for  the  size  of  the  body. 

Its  back  is  dark  brown  with  black  and  white  stripes  and  spots  ; 
its  breast  is  yellow,  and  its  throat  orange.  There  is  a  V-shaped 
bib  on  its  chest  and  black  spots  on  its  sides. 

True  to  prevailing -bird  society  customs,  the  female  meadow- 
lark exercises  the  privilege  of  selecting  her  mate.  At  the  time  she 
is  so  engaged,  the  various  males  striving  for  her  desired  atten- 
tions dress  in  their  most  attractive  feathers  and  entertain  with  their 
delightful  winning  songs.  The  fellow  most  nearly  befitting  the 
lady  bird's  sense  of  beauty  and  of  song  is  the  one  who  wins  the 
day,  while  his  competitors  are  compelled  to  dress  parade  and  sing 
before  some  other. modest  female  still  open  for  engagements.  No 
wonder,  then,  in  the  light  of  this,  the  male  is  the  more  attractive 
in  both  color  and  song. 

In  their  struggle  for  recognitions  from  the  female,  the  male 
birds  often  "come  to  blows"  and  in  such  encounters  the  larger 
bird  stands  the  better  chance  of  becoming  victorious.  Consider- 
ing this  and  also  the  fact  that  after  becoming  mated,  the  male  as- 
sumes protector  to  and   defender  of  the  female  and  baby  birds, 


216  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

we  readily  sec  a  decided  advantage  in  favor  of  the  male  being 
somewhat  larger  than  the  female. 

Cutworms,  wireworms  (beetle  larvae),  grasshoppers,  weevil, 
and  crickets  serve  as  the  meadowlark's  principal  food.  About 
seventy-five  per  cent  of  its  diet  is  of  such,  about  ten  per  cent  weed- 
seeds,  and  about  fifteen  per  cent  grain,  which  is  chiefly  waste  grain 
taken  during  the  winter. 

This  bird  flies  at  no  great  elevation  or  speed.  It  usually  forms 
a  semicircle  before  alighting,  always  at  some  distance  from  the 
nest. 

Cats,  dogs,  skunks,  minks,  weasels,  snakes,  and  ignorant 
farmers  and  thoughtless  men  and  boys,  are  this  useful  singer's 
dreaded  enemies. 

The  nest  is  of  long  dry  grass  and  weed  skins  (sometimes 
horsehair)  concealed  at  the  base  of  and  under  a  leaning  tuft  of 
grass. 

The  eggs  are  white  with  brown  or  purple  spots  and  run  from 
three  to  six  to  the  setting.  Sometimes  there  are  two  broods 
hatched  in  a  season. 

The  meadowlark  is  rather  tame  and  lives  in  meadows  and  on 
foot  hills,  not  far  from  human  habitations.  It  remains  with  us 
all  winter  and  begins  its  song  in  February  or  March.  He  sings 
in  two  octaves  with  several  variations.  He  also  makes  a  squirrel- 
like chirping  sound.  His  is  said  to  be  among  the  most  beautiful 
of  all  bird  songs. 

The  city  ordinances  and  state  laws  relating  to  flippers,  guns, 
and  the  like  are  ample  to  protect  the  meadowlark  if  but  properly 
observed.  However,  a  splendid  improvement  of  late  is  noted  in 
the  observance  of  these  regulations. 

don't  kill  the  birds 

Don't  kill  the  birds,  the  pretty  birds, 

That    sing    about   your    door, 
Soon  as  the  joyous  spring  has  come, 

And  chilling  storms  are  o'er. 
The  little  birds,  how  sweet  they  sing! 

Oh!   let  them  joyous   live; 
And  never  seek  to  take  the  life 

That  you  can  never  give. 

Don't  kill  the  birds,  the  pretty  birds, 

That  play  among  the  trees; 
'Twould  make  the  earth  a  cheerless  place. 

Should  we  dispense  with  these. 
The  little  birds,  how  fond  they  play! 

Do  not  disturb  their  sport; 
But  let  them  warble  forth  their  songs, 

Till  winter  cuts  them  short. 


OUTLINES  FOR  SCOUT  WORKERS  217 

Don't  kill  the  birds,  the  happy  birds, 

That  bless  the  fields  and  grove; 
So  innocent  to  look  upon, 

They  claim  our  warmest  love. 
The  happy  birds,  the  tuneful  birds, 

How  pleasant  'tis  to  see! 
No 'spot  can  be  a  cheerless  place 

Where'er   their  presence  be. — Colesworthy. 


Reverence  in  Worship 


BY  AUBREY  PARKER 


Saints  of  the  Most  High,  his  chosen  people,  are  called  upon  to 
"fear  God  and  worship  Him  who  made  the  heavens  and  the  earth, 
and  the  fountains  of  water." 

To  worship  him — what  does  this  imply?  To  worship  is  to 
adore,  to  reverence,  to  honor,  and  to  praise.  Above  all  others, 
we  do  worship  God  "in  truth," — inasmuch  as  we  know  him  as 
our  Father,  who  has  body,  parts,  and  passions,  even  as  we  have. 
But  let  us  always  remember  that  to  worship  God  "in  truth"  is  not 
enough,  but  that,  also,  we  must  worship  him  "in  spirit." 

"Let  reverence  in  us  dwell,"  especially  when  we  approach  "the 
Table  of  our  Lord."  When  again  we  are  about  to  covenant  with 
our  Master,  let  us  think  upon  his  sacrifice,  and  remember  that  we 
have  come  apart,  for  awhile  to  forget  the  world  with  its  frets  and 
worries,  for 

"The  world  is  too  much  with  us, 

Late  and  soon, 
In  getting  and  spending,  we  lay  waste  our  powers." 

There  should  be  no  lack  of  reverence  shown  in  our  worship. 
We  should  seek  to  forget  our  worldly  interests  and  worries  whilst 
at  worship.  "For  to  be  carnally  minded  is  death,"  (in  the  margin 
it  reads— "mindful  of  the  flesh"),  "but  to  be  spiritually  minded  is 
life."  Are  not  the  forgetful  and  the  irreverent  too  material- 
minded  ? 

I  would  much  rather  worship  in  sacred  silence,  which  is  as 
sweet  waters  unto  my  soul,  than  worship  where  I  hear  much  talk- 
ing which  does  not  proceed  from  the  stand.  But  I  go  to  partake 
of  the  sacrament,  and  to  hear  good  counsel  which  does  not  fail  me. 
Every  soul  should  seek  to  combine  all  good  in  the  worship  of  our 
God.  Our  ward  meeting  houses  are  places  "set  apart"  for  prayer 
and  praise.  There  is  a  time  and  place  for  laughter  and  for  tears. 
I  plead  for  reverence  in  our  worship ;  for  "they  who  worship  him 
must  worship  him  in  spirit  and  in  truth." 

SHELLEY,     IDAHO 


Live  Today 


BY   ELSIE  C.   CARROLL 


Someone  has  wisely  said  that,  "Each  day  brings  its  own  op- 
portunity for  doing  a  good  which  never  could  have  been  done 
before  and  never  can  be  done  again."  And  yet,  how  many  people 
live  only  in  the  past,  and  how  many  others  only  in  the  future ! 

The  yesterdays  are  gone  forever  and  are  valuable  only  for  the 
lessons  they  have  brought  and  the  good  they  have  already  accom- 
plished. Nothing  can  be  gained  by  living  in  the  yesterdays,  and 
letting  the  todays  go  by  unheeded. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  tomorrows  may  never  come.  Who 
can  tell  ?  And  if  they  do,  they  will  bring  their  own  opportunities. 
It  is  the  today,  the  here  and  the  now,  that  really  counts,  and  that  is 
all.  If  one  could  only  realize  the  value  of  living  just  one  day  at  a 
time  and  making  that  day  a  perfect  day,  what  a  life  would  be  lived. 

Alas,  how  often  when  the  prompting  comes  to  do  some  useful 
deed,  to  cheer  a  lonely  spirit  on  its  way,  or  to  help  a  weaker 
brother  on  his  rugged  trail,  we  put  aside  the  impulse  with  the 
thought  that  there  is  plenty  of  time ;  that  we  can  do  it  tomorrow 
just  as  well,  and  so  the  opportunity  is  neglected.  The  day  passes  ; 
tomorrow  comes  with  its  own  tasks.  The  noble  impulse  dies  for 
want  of  nourishment,  and  the  good  which  might  have  been  done 
is  never  accomplished. 

This  thought  was  brought  forcibly  to  my  mind  recently.  I 
was  visiting  an  invalid  friend.  I  found  that  he  loved  to  read,  and 
that  he  had  read  and  re-read  all  the  books  that  the  family  pos- 
sessed. I  discovered  that  I  had  several  books  that  would  give  him 
pleasure,  and  I  resolved  to  bring  them  to  him  the  next  day.  Why 
did  I  put  that  resolve  in  the  future?  The  next  day  came.  It  was 
crowded  with  its  duties.  Another  came  and  another,  and  still  the 
books  remained  on  my  shelf.  Soon  I  forgot  my  good  resolution. 
Then  one  day  I  heard  that  my  friend  was  dead.  Coming  with  my 
remorse  over  the  sad  news,  was  the  accusation  of  my  conscience 
telling  me  that  I  had  thrown  away  the  opportunity  to  cheer  the 
last  dark  days  of  a  suffering  friend. 

Across  the  street  from  my  home  lives  a  dear  old  lady.  She  is 
ncaring  her  hundredth  milestone,  so  that  T  realize  that  before  long 
her  weary  old  feet  will  totter  into  the  grave.  She  is  somewhat 
deaf,  so  that  people  do  not  trouble  to  talk  to  her  much.  She  is 
not  able  to  leave  her  home,  so  there  she  sits  day  after  day  by  her 
window   starving  for  human   companionship   in   a   world    full   of 


LIVE  TODAY  219 

people.  I  pass  by  thinking"  that  I  will  call  tomorrow.  But  to- 
morrow there  is  ironing  to  be  done,  and  cooking,  and  mending, 
and  the  dear  old  lady  is  robbed  of  the  bright  spot  I  might  have  put 
into  her  dull  day.  I  know  that  sometime  when  I  pass  by  I  shall 
miss  the  sweet,  wrinkled  face  from  the  window,  and  then  my  heart 
will  cry  out  in  remorse,  "Why  did  I  not  leave  part  of  my  ironing 
or  mending,  or  cook  a  more  simple  dinner,  that  I  might  have  taken 
the  gift  of  my  love  and  sympathy  to  her  before  it  was  too  late?" 
I  may  place  flowers  on  her  coffin,  but  what  are  they?  It  is  the 
looks  and  words  and  acts  of  love  and  kindness  that  we  give  today 
that  brighten  the  lives  about  us.  Not  the  flowers  on  their  graves. 
Many  of  us  have  ambitions  to  do  some  certain  thing  in  life 
besides  the  regular  duties  of  each  day.  But  instead  of  working  a 
little  toward  our  ideal  every  day,  we  think  we  must  wait  until  we 
have  more  time.  Perhaps  we  have  an  artist's  soul,  or  a  poet's. 
We  long  to  paint  beautiful  pictures  or  write  inspiring  songs.  But 
because  other  tasks  claim  most  of  our  time,  we  put  our  dreams 
into  the  future.  We  say  that  when  we  have  more  leisure  we  will 
paint  or  write.  Why  do  we  not  utilize  the  little  leisure  which 
can  be  snatched  from  each  day?  That  is  the  way  to  keep  our 
dreams  alive,  and  then  some  day  they  will  all  come  true. 

The  great  Russian  thinker  Tolstoi  has  illustrated  a  mighty 
truth  in  his  little  story,  The  Three  Questions. 

He  tells  how  a  certain  king  once  thought  that  if  he  could 
always  tell  when  was  the  right  time  to  begin  everything,  if  he 
knew  who  were  the  right  people  to  attend  to  it,  and  above  all,  if  he 
always  knew  the  most  important  thing  to  do,  he  would  never  fail 
in  any  of  his  undertakings.  He  was  so  anxious  to  have  this,  the 
problem  of  success,  solved  for  him,  that  he  issued  a  proclamation 
stating  that  he  would  give  a  great  reward  to  any  one  who  would 
answer  the  three  questions  satisfactorily. 

From  all  over  his  dominions  learned  men  came,  hoping  to  re- 
ceive the  reward.  But  their  answers  were  all  different,  so  the 
king  could  agree  with  none  of  them.  At  last  he  heard  of  a  wise 
hermit  who  lived  alone  in  the  woods.  The  king  went  to  the  her- 
mit with  his  questions,  and  this  is  the  answer  he  received : 

"There  is  only  one  time  over  which  we  have  any  power,  that  is 
the  present  The  most  necessary  man  is  he  with  whom  you  are  now, 
for  you  do  not  know  whether  you  will  ever  have  dealings  with  any 
one  else.  The  most  important  business,  iS}  to  do  that  man  good,  for 
that  purpose  alone  was  man  sent  into  life." 

Let  us  make  a  resolution  with  the  man  who  uttered  these 
words : 

"I  pass  through  this  life  but  once.  If  there  is  any  good  I  can  do, 
let  me  do  it  today,  for  tomorrow  may  be  too  late,  and  I  shall  not  pass 
this  way  again." 

ITHICA,    NEW    YORK 


Thoughts  off a*  Farmer 


BY  DR.  JOSEPH   M.  TANNER 


One  of  my  biggest  and  best  horses  has  been  almost  ruined. 
During  the  hot  summer  days,  when  flies  and  insect  pests  generally 
are  troublesome,  the  horses  congregate  in  such  shady  places  as 
they  can  find,  and  in  a  peaceful  attitude  toward  one  another  give 
mutual  protection  against  a  common  pest. 

During  the  winter  seasons,  when  the  severe  blizzards  are  on, 
and  the  thermometer  35  to  40  degrees  below  zero,  the  horses'  all 
stand  in  the  field  in  the  best  sheltered  places  they  can  find,  close  to 
one  another,  and  in  the  friendliest  spirit,  as  a  protection  against  the 
suffering  common  to  them  all. 

When  the  spring  comes  and  the  green  grass  puts  on  jts  abund- 
ance of  flesh,  and  animal  life  is  in  its  highest  exuberance,  conditions 
change.  There  is  no  longer  that  animal  fraternity  which  they  ex- 
ercised during  the  period  of  their  intense  suffering.  With  relief 
and  comfort  and  pleasurable  surroundings,  there  develops  within 
them  a  sort  of  mutual  hostility.  They  kick,  they  bite  one  another. 
They  feel  good,  and  their  joy  in  the  beautiful  spring  days  knows 
no  bounds ;  and  in  the  midst  of  it  all,  they  take  on  a  viciousness 
towards  one  another  that  costs  many  an  animal  a  bruised  leg  or  a 
broken  bone.  What  is  in  the  joys  and  comforts  of  their  lives  that 
makes  them  vicious?  The  fatter  they  are,  the  better  they  are 
treated,  the  more  kindly  nature  is  in  bestowing  upon  them  all  her 
comforts,  the  worse  they  treat  one  another.  They  are  more 
jealous,  more  restless,  more  vicious,  and  more  selfish.  Their  com- 
forts, their  ease,  and  their  material  well-being  generally  destroy 
the  old-time  friendships,  and  they  treat  one  another  with  scanty 
consideration. 

Such  is  animal  life.  Such,  in  them,  the  lesson  of  suffering. 
Is  there  anything  akin  between  animals  and  men?  Where  is 
envy,  jealousy,  contempt  and  selfishness  more  abundantly  bred? 
Where  do  vain  ambitions  clash,  and  men  become  more  repellant 
one  towards  another  ?  Is  it  not  in  the  so-called  lofty  circles  of  life, 
where  friends  and  enjoyment  are  abundant,  where  the  joys  of 
life  are  freely  given,  and  where  there  is  no  common  suffering  to 
engender  common  sympathies  that  result  in  mutual  friendships 
and  kindness  ?  I  have  known  men  to  act  like  my  horses.  If  all 
men  would  do  so,  I  cannot  say  but  there  is  something  in  suffering 
both  in  the  animal  and  human  world  that  begets  sympathy  and 
friendship  which  nothing  else  bestows. 

ALBERTA.  CANADA 


Human  Nature  Not  Explained  by  Evolution 


BY  ROBERT  C.  WEBB 


[This  article  is  a  continuation  of  a  series  of  contributions  by  the 
same  author,  which  appeared  in  Volumes  XVII  and  XVIII  of  the  Era. 
The  earlier  writings  have  dealt  more  particularly  with  the  develop- 
ment of  organisms,  and  the  bearing  of  the  doctrine  of  "Evolution" 
thereon;  the  present  article  treats  the  subject  of  the  varied  traits  and 
tendencies  of  man  as  summarized  under  the  title  "Human  Nature," 
and  considers  the  origin  and  source  thereof.  While  each  article  is 
complete  in  itself,  students  are  advised  to  study  the  entire  series. 
— Editors.] 

II. 
These  "homely  examples"  of  what  psychologists  of  a  genera- 
tion since  ascribed  to  the  operation  of  natural  element,  denominated 
"instinct,"  seem  competent,  as  "exhibits,"  in  support  of  the  conten- 
tion that  "formal  righteousness" — the  aggregate  of  acts  and  cus- 
toms, in  which  a  balance  is  achieved  between  the  vital  interests 
of  the  individual  and  of  the  mass  of  which  he  belongs— is  based 
upon  principles  fundamental  to  the  constitution  of  creation.  "For- 
mal righteousness,"  in  fact,  is  the  visible  evidence  that  the  animal 
or  human  mechanism  is  functioning  properly.  It  is  the^test  in 
the  living  organism  of  what  the  engineer  calls  "efficiency"  in  the 
operation  of  the  inanimate,  metallic  machine.  Just  as  efficiency  in 
the  machine  results  from  proper  design  and  perfect  fit  of  com- 
ponent parts,  also  from  sufficient  lubrication  of  mutually-moving 
surfaces,  etc.,  so,  for  the  living  being  the  word,  "righteousness," 
merely  sums  the  total  of  effects  in  operation  which  the  organism 
was  evidently  calculated  and  constructed  to  produce. 

In  the  case  of  the  human,  which,  as  experience  proves,  is  al- 
ways strongly  inclined  to  function  abnormally,  because  irration- 
ally there  is  to  be  found  a  real  uncertainty  as  to  whether  the 
"organic  derangement,"  the  root-evil,  consists  in  a  distortion  of 
instinct,  or  in  an  absence  of  instinct.  Thus,  while  as  if  in  obedi- 
ence to  some  natural  imperative,  human  individuals  incline  to 
associate  themselves  into  large  gatherings,  such  as  tribes,  nations 
etc  and  on  the  whole,  find  the  best  opportunities  for  individual 
development  in  such  conditions,  the  characteristic  functioning  of 
the 'average  individual  strongly  suggests  an  animal,  either  soli- 
tary in  habit  or  else  one  capable  of  maintaining  only  a  small  num- 
ber of  associations.  As  if  such  associations  had,  as  their  main  use 
and  justification,  merely  such  large  measure  of  protection  as  is  to 
be  found  in  "numbers,"  the  individual  members  of  any  tribe  or 
nation  usually  segregate  into  smaller  groups,  known  as    classes, 


222  IMPR<  >VEMENT   ERA 

"castes,"  cliques,  sets,  etc.,  which  arc  often  in  keen  rivalry  with 
Other  similar  groups,  or  with  other  individuals.  However,  although 
individuals  own  an  allegiance  to  their  particular  sets  or  segrega- 
tions, secondarily,  also,  to  the  total  mass,  in  which  these  associate, 
the  tendency  has  always  been  strongly  marked  in  individuals  to 
enlarge  themselves,  if  possible,  above,  and,  even  at  the  expense  of, 
their  closest  associates,  in  assuming  "lordship"  among  them,  in 
amassing  more  property  than  they  possess,  or  in  developing  some 
phase  of  "parasitism."  Such  constant  tendencies  to  further  and 
further  segregation  contribute,  of  course,  directly  to  the  unbal- 
ancing of  any  organized  association  of  human  beings,  and  is,  in 
fact,  the  actual  cause  of  most  of  the  inharmonious  and  anti-social 
behavior,  which  is  commonly  classed  as  "sinful."  (And  have  we 
not  been  told  that  "the  love  of  money  is  the  root  of  all  evil"?)  It 
begets  rivalries,  contentions,  hatreds,  acts  of  violence  and  blood- 
shed, struggles  for  mastery,  for  existence  itself,  even,  between  in- 
dividuals of  the  same  species,  rather  than,  as  in  nature,  between 
diverse  and  alien  natural  groups.  If  these  common  attributes 
of  human  associations  do  not  indicate  something  fundamentally 
contrary  to  nature,  abnormal  and  irrational,  the  contrary  contention 
must  be  most  conclusively  demonstrated :  the  "symptoms"  cer- 
tainly suggest  "disease." 

The  tendencies  and  conditions  found  in  human  society,  as  just 
described,  have  been  recognized  by  several  writers  on  our  social, 
moral  and  economic  "problems."  Many  such  have  sought  to  de- 
termine and  advocate  the  true  and  normal  bases  of  performance 
in  such  matters,  although  from  widely  differing  points  of  view. 
Thus,  some  have  deplored  the  apparently  inevitable  and  instinctive 
tendency  toward  segregation,  rivalry,  etc.,  on  the  ground  that  it 
thwarts  the  fellowship,  co-operation,  "brotherhood"  and  practical 
"reciprocity,"  which,  as  they  hold,  are  the  only  proper  expressions 
of  social  activity.  Others,  again,  find,  in  these  same  condemned 
tendencies,  evidences  of  the  instinct  that  moves  for  self-improve- 
ment, development  of  powers  and  opportunities,  freedom  of  action 
and  the  pursuit  of  happiness,  all  of  which,  as  they  hold,  are  natural, 
normal  and  right.  The  fact  that  such  tendencies  are  liable  to 
thwart  or  disturb  desirable  fellowships  among  the  members  of 
society,  to  check  movements  toward  co-operation,  and  to  enable 
some  individuals  to  wax  exaggerated,  both  personally  and  in  ac- 
tivity, at  the  expense,  apparently,  of  failure  in  others,  such  think- 
ers explain  by  the  contention  that,  in  such  situations,  we  have  ac- 
tivity, enterprise  and  industry,  on  the  one  hand,  and  ignorance, 
indolence  and  impotence,  on  the  other.  They  claim,  also,  that 
there  can  be  no  co-operation  between  individuals,  except  where 
there  is  equality  in  point  of  intelligence,  capacity,  prowess,  enter- 
prise, energy,  or  other  qualities,  which  fact  excludes  the  greater 


HUMAN  NATURE  NOT  EXPLAINED  BY  EVOLUTION  223 

majority  of  mankind  from  participation  in  any  really  permanent 
form  of  common  activities. 

Evidently,  these  two  apparently  diverse  theories  on  the  matter 
of  human  behavior  find  a  common  starting-point,  also,  in  com- 
mon, a  tentative  explanation  of  the  practical  defects  in  human  as- 
sociations, in  the  admitted  fact  that  the  wide  variations  in  intelli- 
gence, energy,  etc.,  among  individuals  partly  explains  the  tendency 
to  form  "classes,"  castes,  grades  and  types  of  mankind,  even 
within  the  limits  of  a  homogeneous  tribe  or  nation,  and  to  follow 
the  lines  of  development  into  such  extremes  of  diversity  that  all 
sympathy,  fellow-feeling,  mutual  understanding,  and  other  social 
and  desirable  sentiments,  are  difficult  or  impossible  of  realization. 
For  these  social  disharmonies  certainly  suggest  to  the  reflecting 
mind  that  there  must  be  still  further  divergences  among  individ- 
uals, as  time  goes  on,  rather  than  any  natural  and  developmental 
access  to  a  common  ground  of  thought  and  action  among  human 
individuals.  They  are,  therefore,  not  "evolutionary" — by  which 
we  are  to  understand  "intermediate,"  as  stages  in  a  grand  progress 
— unless  the  further  development  of  human  society  involves  the 
eventuation  and  completion  of  constantly-increasing  numbers  of 
diverse  types  and  varieties,  commensurately  postponing  the  prac- 
tical possibility  of  social  equilibrium,  by  these  very  means,  dis- 
couraging and  postponing  the  activities  of  the  virtues  of  sympathy, 
mutual  understanding,  etc.,  which  such  equilibrium  should  involve 
and  manifest. 

The  theory  that,  in  a  perfectly  normal  association  of  human 
beings,  one  in  which  the  familiar  and  admitted  social  failures  and 
inefficiencies  shall  be  avoided,  there  must  be  a  certain  very  real 
order  of  "equality,"  or  a  common  ground,  upon  which  individuals 
may  meet  in  sympathy  and  mutual  appreciation,  may  be  said  to  be 
fairly  correctly  derived  from  observation  on  the  conditions  of  social 
success  among  animals  in  nature,  as  compared  with  those  holding 
among  mankind.  So  far  as  animal  analogies  extend,  the  conten- 
tion that  an  actual  equality  of  some  order — not  merely  one  pro- 
claimed by  law  or  sentiment — among  individuals  may  be  said  to  be 
the  indispensable  condition  of  social  equilibrium.  If,  for  example, 
all  individuals  in  a  given  community  are  equal  in  point  of  intelli- 
gence, physical  strength  and  alertness — in  other  words  excellent 
human  animals — it  would  seem  by  no  means  improbable  that  the 
commoner  varieties  of  crime,  at  least,  such  as  deception,  thieving, 
injustice  and  violence,  would  be  very  greatly  reduced,  if  not,  in- 
deed, eliminated.  Not  only  would  opportunities  for  the  commis- 
sion of  such  offenses  be  immensely  fewer,  owing  to  the  fact  that, 
with  better  intelligence,  would  come  better  ability  at  self-protec- 
tion, but  also,  by  the  achievement  of  a  common  ground  of  mutual 
regard,  understanding,  sympathy  and  fellowship,  the  inclinations 
or  impulses  toward  them  would  suffer  a  nearly  commensurate  at- 


224  I  M  I'R(  >VKM  ent  kra 

tenuation.  Whether  the  achievement  of  an  order  of  "equality"  in 
the  particulars  mentioned  would  constitute  all  that  should  be  re- 
quired for  a  perfectly  stable  social  order,  it  is  unnecessary  to  in- 
quire at  this  place.  It  would  be  useless,  also,  to  argue  upon  the 
limitations  of  intelligence,  etc.,  since  the  question  before  us  refers 
less  properly  to  the  efficacy  of  any  quality,  when  possessed  in  com- 
mon, than  to  the  means  and  methods  by  which  common  possession 
could  be  achieved. 

Tn. order,  however,  to  justify  our  previous  contentions  to  the 
scientifically-minded  reader,  it  will  be  necessary  to  draw  analogies 
to  the  moral  and  mental  states  of  mankind — using  these  terms  in 
their  most  inclusive  sense — from  conditions  observable  among 
other  creatures.  The  theory  that  man's  peculiarities,  and  disabil- 
ities, are  to  be  explained  as  the  consequences  of  a  very  real  order 
of  lapse  from  his  original  normal  state  in  nature  is  dignified  by 
comparison  with  numerous  partially  parallel  facts  and  conditions. 
That  such  analogies  or  parallelisms  are  only  partial  may  be  at- 
tributed reasonably  to  the  possible — perhaps,  also,  probable — 
original  and  essential  differences  between  the  human  mentality  and 
that  of  any  other  animal  whatever.  Some  such  differences  have 
already  been  mentioned. 

There  are  observable  in  the  animal  world  several  notable 
examples  of  such  radical  variations  from  what,  as  we  might  judge, 
must  have  been  original  habits  of  life ;  such  completely-transform- 
ing ''acquired  traits,"  as  we  seem  to  be  constrained  to  term  them, 
that  their  classification  with  the  conditions  found  in  human  life 
seems  highly  logical.  Most  notable  and  familiar  of  all  such, 
among  the  communal  insects,  we  may  take  the  case  of  bees, 
whose  habit  of  forming  communities  of  sterile  females 
("workers")  for  the  purpose  of  providing  shelter,  care  and  food 
for  the  community  mothers  ("queens")  and  their  young,  has  been 
generally  held  to  represent  a  distinct  departure  from  original, 
natural  conditions  of  life  and  behavior.  Indeed,  as  numerous 
entomologists  have  indicated,  there  are  solitary  bees,  whose  fe- 
males provide  nests  stored  with  food,  each  one  for  the  nourish- 
ment of  her  own  offspring,  just  as  do  the  solitary  wasps,  etc. 
There  are  also  community  bees  who  have  never  learned,  appar- 
ently, to  build  hexagonal  cells,  using  instead  rounded  sac-like 
structures,  more  suggestive  of  those  formed  by  insects  of  solitary 
habit. 

Whatever  may  have  been  the  historic  origin  of  this  habit  of 
life,  or  whether  there  was  an  historic  origin,  a  beginning  in  time, 
at  which  it  was  substituted  for  some  other,  it  seems  highly  logical 
to  see  in  its  perfect  development  a  complete  social  and  economic 
equilibrium.  This  grand  result  was  achieved,  however,  as  condi- 
tions seem  to  indicate,  not  by  conscious  effort  of  any  variety,  but 
by  following  a  device  suggested,  apparently,  by  an  order  of  gen- 


HUMAN  NATURE  NOT  EXPLAINED  BY  EVOLUTION  225 

eral  tendency  in  thought  and  action,  which  has  resulted  in  the 
same,  or  very  similar,  development  of  institutions  being  followed 
by  other  insects,  such  as  wasps,  ants,  etc.  The  involved  method — 
curtailment  of  natural  function  or  faculty  in  certain  individuals, 
for  the  sake  of  a  certain  permanence  in  social  institutions — has 
been  feebly  imitated  in  human  associations,  and  with  very  far  less 
success.  Thus,  in  these  associations,  the  practice  has  been  general 
of  subordinating  the  majority  of  individuals  by  conditions  effec- 
tive in  stunting  their  mentality,  and  even  in  preventing  a  normal 
physical  well-being  by  the  imposition  of  conditions  that  involve 
poverty,  drudgery,  slavery  and  vice.  So  long  as  the  majority  may 
be  kept  thus  in  subjection,  there  will  be  an  appearance  of  social 
stability,  but  the  condition,  among  human  beings,  involves  a  distinct 
violence  to  nature  and  reason.  It  lacks  the  excuse,  evident  among 
community  insects,  that  the  individual  is  subordinated  for  the  good 
of  the  race,  unless,  with  the  fatuity  of  savages,  we  regard  a  king, 
chief,  boss,  or  other  variety  of  master  or  exploiter  of  mankind,  as 
the  "personification"  of  the  tribe  or  of  the  species.  Among  insects 
the  result  of  social  equilibrium  by  the  method  involved  is  rendered 
far  easier  of  accomplishment  in  the  fact  that  the  larger  part  of 
the  "maternal  instinct"  is  expressed,  apparently,  in  the  nest-build- 
ing and  food-storing  activities,  which  permits  of  a  genuine  satis- 
faction in  the  performance  of  these  acts,  even  with  the  curtailment 
of  the  reproductive  function.  Thus  it  is  possible  to  transform  the 
solicitude  of  the  mother  for  the  benefit  of  her  own  offspring  into  a 
very  real  enthusiasm  for  the  species  in  general,  which  amounts  to  a 
true  sentiment  of  "altruism,"  figuratively,  at  least,  and  a  real 
ground  for  hearty  co-operation  in  the  common  activity  of  the 
hive.  But  because  the  margin  of  satisfaction  and  enthusiasm  in 
work  has  always  been  very  narrow  in  human  institutions,  thus 
preventing  the  development  of  natural  classes  and  types,  instead 
of  the  really  "artificial"  distinctions  in  human  societies,  the  result 
has  always  been  an  ultimate  failure.  Every  civilization  known  to 
history  has  fallen  to  pieces,  even  after  the  grandest  achievements 
in  life  or  effort,  merely  because,  in  enforcing  unnatural  life  condi- 
tions, it  has  maintained  the  elements  of  irrationality,  injustice, 
wrong  and  essential  weakness.  When  the  "breaking  point"  has 
been  reached,  the  fabric  is  rent,  and,  even  with  the  most  auspicious 
environments,  the  same  process,  with  the  same  errors  and  wrongs, 
logins  anew,  and  progresses  again  to  the  same  collapse. 

Human  interests,  both  individual  and  collective,  demand  the 
possession  and  exercise  of  an  effective  degree  of  rationality,  intel- 
ligence, righteousness  and  good  will;  failing  which,  they  are  not 
properly  maintained.  It  is  senseless,  therefore,  to  argue  that, 
in  any  of  these  particulars,  man  is  merely  "incomplete,"  although 
progressing.  Being  less  than  normally  human,  he  fails  where  even 
insects  succeed.    Without  requiring  any  of  the  attributes  of  angels 


226  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

or  "supermen" — except  in  so  far  as  attributes  of  theirs  are  also 
properly  and  normally  human— he  possesses,  completely  and  fully 
developed,  although  largely  unused  and  neglected,  all  the  equip- 
ment required  for  perfect  success  and  life-efficiency.  Indeed,  in 
contemplating  the  powers  and  involved  possibilities  of  the  indi- 
vidual man,  and  with  no  bias,  except  in  the  direction  of  rational 
life-efficiency,  nothing  could  more  strongly  impress  the  candid 
mind  than  that  the  failures  of  human  life  and  effort  are  as  un- 
intelligible as  they  are  irrational,  and  that  there  is  no  evident  suffi- 
cent  reason  why  all  do  not  enjoy  the  normal  felicity,  the  joy  of 
living,  which  all  desire  and  look  for,  and  which  most  creatures 
in  nature  seem  to  possess,  without  effort,  without  violence,  and 
without  pains. 

To  bring  the  discussion  of  man's  practical  defects  to  a  closer 
analogy,  we  find  in  them  most  of  the  elements  characteristic  of 
what  is  known  as  "domestication."  This  term  connotes  the  condi- 
tion involved  in  the  enforced  association  of  certain  of  the  "lower 
animals"  with  man,  and  their  use  by  him  for  his  own  purposes 
and  advantage.  While  domestication  involves  for  most  enslaved 
animals  such  improvement  in  breeds,  as  fits  them  better  to  serve 
man's  purposes, — thus  some  horses  are  bred  to  great  perfection  for 
swiftness,  others,  for  heavy  draughting,  etc. — the  influence,  in 
general,  enforces  definite  departures  from  the  standards  of  nature, 
in  other  words,  from  many  of  the  qualities  and  conditions  original 
to  the  wild  type,  in  which,  as  we  may  assume,  every  animal  pos- 
sesses the  qualities  and  attributes  best  suited  to  his  own  well-being. 
Thus,  most  notably,  we  see  the  domesticated  pig,  whose  short  and 
blunted  snout  very  vaguely  suggests  the  facial  contours  of  his 
fierce,  formidable  and  intelligent  wild  progenitor.  The  dog,  also, 
man's  closest  brute  associate,  has  varied  immensely  from  any  form 
that  could  certainly  be  identified  as  typical  or  ancestral ;  produc- 
ing numerous  breeds  and  variants,  ranging  from  the  powerful 
mastiffs  and  blood-hounds,  the  keen-scented  or  swift  hunters,  the 
"bulls"  and  terriers,  to  the  smallest  and  feeblest  of  the  several 
absurd  "sports,"  known  as  "toy  dogs,"  "lap  dogs,"  etc.  But,  along 
with  the  variations  indicated  by  differences  in  form,  size,  etc.,  have 
come  corresponding  divergences  in  physical  qualities  and  powers, 
also  in  instinct,  intelligence  and  traits  of  character.  Thus,  some 
breeds  of  dogs  are  fierce  and  pugnacious,  others  keen  of  scent, 
others  swift  of  foot,  others  indolent  and,  to  a  great  extent,  useless. 
Nor  are  any  of  the  desirable  dog-traits  common  to  all  breeds. 

If,  however,  we  may  draw  a  general  deduction  from  the  state- 
ments of  the  various  authorities  on  animal  life,  the  physical  and 
mental  divergences  among  domesticated  animals  involve  as  great 
— often  greater — departures  from  the  moral  or  ethical  standards 
observed  under  the  conditions  of  wild  life.  Thus,  although  wild 
animals  of  the  dog  tribe,  like  the  cats  and  other  carnivores,  regu- 


HUMAN  NATURE  NOT  EXPLAINED  BY  EVOLUTION  227 

larly  mate  and  maintain  a  form  of  family  life,  during  the  breed- 
ing and  rearing  seasons,  at  any  rate,  all  tendencies  in  such  direc- 
tion seem  to  have  been  eliminated  among  domesticated  dogs,  whose 
promiscuous  practices  must  be  carefully  restrained,  when  the  per- 
fecting of  special  breeds  and  qualities  is  desired.  They  show,  also, 
small  inclination  to  observe  the  ''laws  of  property,"  as  applied 
to  hidden  articles  of  food,  in  particular,  which,  as  certain  author- 
ities claim,  are  observed  among  wolves  and  other  wild  canines. 
Nevertheless,  a  dog,  in  burying  a  bone  for  future  use,  as  we  may 
suppose,  regularly  leaves  the  "evidence"  of  ownership,  which,  as 
claimed,  is  a  "mark"  respected  among  all  wild  animals.  The 
breed-producing  influences  of  their  human  masters,  in  addition 
to  generating  the  effects  just  mentioned,  tend  also  to  limit  associ- 
ation among  dogs.  Thus  we  see  the  often  violent  antagonisms 
that  exist  between  divergent  breeds  of  dogs,  as  between  "bulls" 
and  some  terriers,  and  between  the  pugnacious  varieties  and  others 
of  more  peaceful  inclinations,  which  often  result  in  combats,  seri- 
ous injuries,  even  "murders." 

These,  and  similar,  facts,  coupled  with  our  previous  conten- 
tions, help  to  enforce  the  belief  that  the  influences  which  man  has 
exerted  over  his  brute  associates  and  "slaves,"  he  has  exerted, 
also,  over  his  human  fellows,  and,  through  the  conditions  created 
by  this  unnatural  procedure,  over  himself  as  well.  At  the  least, 
the  same  descriptions  of  "degrading  effects"  suffered  by  brutes, 
through  their  association  with  mankind,  seem  to  have  been  suf- 
fered by  mankind,  as  a  consequence,  apparently,  of  such  associa- 
tions together,  as,  according  to  all  analogy,  natural  instinct  should 
tend  to  originate.  There  is  no  need  to  further  discuss  or  elabor- 
ate on  these  several  effects  of  associations,  which  should  be  natural 
and  normal — as  being  between  individuals  of  the  same  natural 
species  and  variety.  They  are  as  irrational,  indefensible,  not  to  say 
incomprehensible,  as  anti-social  and  deplorable,  in  the  eyes  of  all 
really  reflecting  people,  who  possess  any  rudiment  of  human 
imagination,  as  they  are  evident.  Nor  is  there  any  consistent  and 
defensible  solution  of  the  situation,  except  in  the  theory  that,  in 
some  manner,  unknown,  perhaps,  the  human  animal — in  his  inner 
economy,  individual  as  well  as  social,  and  social  because  primarily 
individual — has  suffered  a  very  real  and  serious  lapse  from  any 
condition  of  life  or  instinct  that  could  be  called  "normal."  Nor 
can  there  be  a  reasonable  doubt  that  a  creature,  whose  most  con- 
spicuous and  persistent  activity — as  found  in  the  lines  of  conduct 
called  "evil"  or  "sinful" — is  essentially  irrational,  incomprehensible 
on  any  natural  grounds,  and  suggestive  of  pathological  analogies, 
is  affected  by  some  disturbing  and  modifying  influence,  having  a 
character,  and  exerting  effects  strongly  suggestive  of  the  environ- 
ment known  as  "domestication." 

In  his  practical  functioning,  man  is  unguided  by  any  central- 


228  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

ized  vital  imperative  or  restraint,  which  can  effect  a  rational  co- 
ordination of  his  impulses  and  powers.  That  all  other  creatures 
living  under  natural  conditions  possess  this  very  faculty,  which  af- 
fords "instinctive"  direction  of  means  for  the  achievement  of 
natural  and  normal  ends — in  each  creature  according  to  his  struc- 
ture, physical  and  mental,  and  the  acts  proper  to  his  organism  in 
its  suitable  environment — has  already  been  suggested  in  our  dis- 
cussion of  "animal  morality."  That  such  faculty  involves  a  very 
real  and  effective  constraint  in  the  direction  of  "moral"  obedience 
must  also  be  evident.  That  its  authority,  in  the  "lower  animals," 
is  not  impaired,  except  under  the  stress  of  an  abnormal  and  un- 
natural environment,  we  have  learned  in  our  discussion  of  the  ef- 
fects of  domestication. 

As  to  the  origin,  description  or  operation  of  the  influence 
which  could-  account  for  man's  evidently  abnormal  condition  and 
behavior  science  can,  apparently,  say  nothing.  The  physician 
cannot  determine  the  place  or  occasion  in  which  his  patient  has 
contracted  a  disease  or  contagion,  although  he  is  able  to  diagnose 
the  complaint  from  its  characteristic  symptoms.  Neither  can  the 
engineer  guess  at  which  point  on  the  railway  line  the  axle  was 
broken,  nor,  in  all  cases,  the  precise  occasion  or  cause  of  the  acci- 
dent. To  both,  however,  the  fact  of  the  derangement — be  it  me- 
chanical or  organic — is  equally  apparent,  and  the  proper  method  of 
repair  is  known. 

We  are  in  no  sense  concerned  with  origins,  however,  but  alto- 
gether with  present  facts.  Whatever  may  have  been,  or  may  be 
supposed  to  have  been,  the  origin  of  man ;  whether  or  not  he  has 
"improved"  in  some  particulars  over  his  original  ancestors,  it  is 
altogether  certain  that  his  "improvement"  in  some  particulars  has 
been  accompanied  by  degradation,  as  great  or  greater,  in  others 
throughout  historic  time.  Furthermore,  this  degradation  affects 
the  most  vital  concerns  of  his  life,  thwarting  the  reasonable  ends 
contemplated  by  nature,  and  shutting  him  off  from  the  efficiency 
and  felicity  that  belongs  only  to  a  normally-functioning  organism 
in  its  proper  environment.  Thus,  as  we  must  insist,  all  curious  ques- 
tions relative  to  man's  possible  origin  have  no  bearing  whatever 
on  his  present  condition,  any  more  than  the  supposed  evolutionary 
"genealogy"  of  the  domesticated  pig  affords  any  clue  to  an  ex- 
planation of  the  degradation  which  he  has  suffered  under  do- 
mestication. The  determining  causes  are  adventitious  in  both 
cases. 

Just  as  under  the  conditions  of  domestication,  an  animal 
tends  to  vary  physically  and  mentally  from  the  type  found  in 
nature,  to  the  type  characteristic  of  his  artificial  environment,  so,  in 
human  associations,  history  reveals  the  invariable  tendency  to 
achieve  fixity  or  permanence — "eventuate  a  type,"  as  biologists 
might  say- — through  the  development  of  particular  habits  and  cus- 


HUMAN  NATURE  NOT  EXPLAINED  BY  EVOLUTION  229 

toms,  and  the  establishment  of  conventional  institutions.  After  a 
few  generations,  as  we  find,  colonists  in  some  new  land  have  al- 
ready advanced  toward  the  consummation  of  a  "national  type." 
Also,  as  history  repeatedly  reveals,  the  impulses  gained  from  the 
influence  of  some  great  prophet  or  reformer  are  speedily  "crystal- 
lized" into  a  new  system  of  "orthodoxy,"  with  its  insistent  claims  to 
monopoly  of  truth  and  to  exclusive  agency  in  imparting  its  bene- 
fits. While,  undoubtedly,  we  must  see,  in  all  such  developments, 
a  distinct  evidence  of  the  operation  of  natural  law — as  expressed 
in  every  tendency  toward  equilibrium  of  forces  and  conditions 
in  life — the  fact  remains  that  this  same  operation  is  limited  and 
thwarted  by  active  influences  that  are  not  in  harmony  with  na- 
ture's ideal  for  humanity.  Thus  it  is  that,  after  the  grandest  truth 
has  found  its  "enshrinement"  in  a  new  scheme  of  "orthodoxy,"  its 
beneficent  effectiveness  for  humanity  suffers  serious  limitations, 
also,  even  ultimate  occupation.  In  the  meantime,  while  some 
portions  of  the  community  achieve  certain  esteemed  advantages, 
also  the  varieties  of  "happiness"  which  they  desire,  the  normal 
virtues  of  fellowship,  co-operation,  "reciprocity,"  and  the  other 
elements  of  true  social  "efficiency,"  fail  of  development,  and  the 
tribe  or  nation  shows  the  "prodromic  symptoms"  of  the  same 
diseases  that  have  destroyed  every  civilization  in  history,  and  are 
now  threatening  the  permanence  of  our  own. 

Various  present-day  thinkers,  and  talkers — encouraged,  usu- 
ally, by  the  specious  assumptions  of  the  evolution  "philosophy" 
— attempt  to  prescribe  for  '  such  conditions  by  recommending 
schemes  of  remodeled  social  or  political  forms  and  institutions ; 
or  revised  theories  on  the  relations  proper,  as  they  claim,  between 
social  "classes,"  as  between  "capital"  and  "labor"  ;  and  by  other 
suggestions  characteristic  of  the  philosophy  of  misery  and  im- 
potence. Nevertheless,  the  instinct  of  mankind — quite  as  wise  and 
safe  a  guide,  probably,  as  the  academic  deliverances  of  insurgent 
word-wrestlers — has  always  sought,  quite  automatically  and  uni- 
versally, to  discover  the  antidote  for  human  shortcomings,  personal 
and  social,  in  the  sentiments  and  activities  characteristic  of  religion. 
Indeed,  just  as  the  needle  of  the  compass  turns  toward  the  mag- 
netic pole,  so,  as  we  must  conclude,  human  instinct  has  always 
turned  toward  such  centralization  of  the  essential  operations  of  life- 
force  as  are  to  be  found,  according  to  the  common  belief  of  hu- 
manity, in  the  idea  of  God  and  his  direct  influence  and  guidance  in 
the  human  spirit.  Speaking  apart  from  all  conviction  in  the  prem- 
ises, except  such  as  is  imported  by  the  analysis  of  observed  facts  in 
life  and  nature,  we  may  assert  that  human  instinct  seeks,  and  has 
ever  sought,  to  relate  the  human  spirit,  vitally  and  directly,  to  the 
Ultimate  Source  of  its  being,  and  to  the  Authority  which,  in  spite 
of  all  lapses  and  obstacles  whatever,  still  holds  sway  over  its 
inmost  activities— whatever  the  outer  ones  may  be — just  as  the 


230  ,IMI'K<  JVKMKNT  ERA 

sun  compels  the  planets  in  their  several  orbits.  Even  with  people 
who  profess  atheism  and  the  detestation  of  all  religion,  the  same 
law  maintains.  Thus,  the  Comtians,  professing  themselves 
"scientific,"  would  urge  us  to  "bow  down  and  worship  the  mass  of 
humanity  ;"  socialism  has  become  as  much  a  religion,  an  "embodi- 
ment of  ultimate  principles."  as  stated,  as  it  ever  was  a  scheme  of 
economic  guesswork;  while  our  "emancipated"  and  "scientific" 
writers  of  the  present  day  have  erected  the  so-called  "law  of  evo- 
lution" into  a  veritable  synonym — in  their  own  thinking — for  the 
activities  of  the  ultimate,  a  kind  of  "providence  on  a  railroad 
track,"  in  fact.  Properly  speaking,  however,  the  religious  in- 
stinct indicates  not  only  the  real,  because  the  vital  and  natural, 
means — working  from  within,  outward,  as  do  all  vital  activities — 
for  the  achievement  of  the  normal  and  proper  "orientation"  of 
man's  sentiments,  thoughts  and  activities,  but  also,  in  its  very  per- 
sistence, and  in  the  vehemence  and  passionateness  in  which  it  has 
found  expression,  it  furnishes  a  sufficient  indication  of  the  fact  that 
the  "blessedness"  and  "joy"  which  man  seeks  in  religion  are  not 
among  his  present  possessions  or  prospects.  That  full  satisfac- 
tion for  such  desirings  and  strivings  is  to  be  expected  as  the 
consummation  of  the  varied  activities,  which  we  subsume  un- 
der the  general  term,  "progress,"  is  a  supposition  scientificallv 
contemptible — since,  by  the  law  of  cause  and  effect,  nothing  vital 
comes  from  mechanical  activities  (the  rebuilding  of  social  institu- 
tions, etc.),  "like  inevitably  breeds  like,"  and  the  miseries  and 
shortcomings  of  humanity,  individual  and  social,  the  bad  systems 
and  the  perverse  institutions,  are  as  truly  outworkings  of  his  inner 
powers  and  activities,  as  the  best  and  noblest  product  of  his  most 
enlightened  effort. 

If  the  light  is  dim  the  lamp  is  defective,  or  the  oil  is  of  poor 
quality.  Nor,  with  such  conditions,  could  the  light  be  made  better, 
even  in  a  "more  favorable  environment."  There  must  be  a  re- 
newal at  the  source  of  the  activity.  Human  instinct  seeks  this  "re- 
newal" in  the  influence  of  religion.  The  religious  sentiment  of 
all  ages  has  concurred — and  still  concurs,  in  spite  of  the  sophisms 
of  "scientific  thinkers"  and  the  stupid  compromises  of  faithless 
teachers  and  leaders  of  the  people — in  the  belief  that  man  has,  in 
some  manner,  lapsed  from  that  normal  adherence  to  the  laws  of 
life.  "God's  laws,"  which  other  animals  seem  to  manifest.  Tt  is  a 
sufficient  indictment  of  the  opposing  theory  that  the  alleged  "pro- 
cess," by  which,  as  is  claimed,  these  "laws  of  being,"  even  in  their 
simplest  manifestations  of  moral  duty,  emerge  into  conscious 
recognition  and  observance — becoming  thereby  "human  posses- 
sions"— should  involve  an  antecedent  stage  of  worse  than  animal 
neglect  and  misunderstanding  of  the  very  essential  facts  and  condi- 
tions involved.  Whether,  according  to  old-time  teaching,  man's 
lapse   consisted   in   a   deliberate   "disobedience"   to  a  verbally-ex- 


HUMAN  NATURE  NOT  EXPLAINED  BY  EVOLUTION  231 

pressed  command  of  God,  or  whether  it  indicates  merely  the  grave 
difficulties,  encountered  in  a  transformed  world-environment,  by  a 
creature  possessed  of  peculiarly  complicated  and  "unwiedly"  metal 
structure,  the  fact  remains  that  it  is  the  one  explanation  in  perfect 
accord  with  his  psychology  and  his  history.  Undoubtedly,  many 
existing*  religious  institutions  are  corrupt  and  ineffective,  but  such 
fact  argues  nothing  against  the  principle  asserted  above.  It  is 
completely  scientific,  therefore,  to  reaffirm,  in  the  words  of  ancient 
scripture,  "the  whole  creation  groaneth  and  travaileth  in  pain  to- 
gether until  now  *  *  *  waiting  for  the  adoption,  the  re- 
demption of  our  body." 


Duty  is  Privilege 


BY  MINNIE  IVERSON 


"O,  come  into  the  Garden  Wonderful, 
Where  richly  gleam  the  boughs  of  Privilege." 

We  speak  of  duty  as  an  action  or  set  of  actions  which  we  are 
bound  by  law  and  honor  to  perform.  Privilege  we  regard  as  some- 
thing we  may  do  or  leave  undone  according  to  personal  inclination. 

But  in  the  inspiration  of  gospel  light,  privilege  is  duty,  and 
duty  is  privilege.  Indeed,  how  could  it  be  otherwise  ?  With  the 
guidance  of  the  Holy  Spirit,  dedicating  time,  talents,  possessions, 
unto  the  Lord,  seeking  at  all  times  to  know  his  will,  what  and 
how  to  do  under  all  circumstances, — naturally,  to  such  as  these, 
every  duty  is  a  privilege. 

But  the  scoffer,  the  scorner,  and  he  who  reposes  unmindful  of 
the  opportunities  so  near,  unto  these  our  pity  cries  out 

"Would  ye  but  understand, 

Joy  is  on  every  hand. 

Ye  shut  your  eyes  and  say  "tis  night,' 

Ye  grope  and  fall  in  seas  of  light, 

Could  ye  but  understand." 

"Peace  in  this  world,  and  eternal  life  in  the  next:"  this  is  the 
blessing  of  the  Saints.  Along  the  bright  pathway  of  truth  they 
walk  where  ladened  hang  the  boughs.  Freely  they  partake  as 
much  or  as  little  as  they  choose.  Multitudes  follow  the  same 
path,  enjoying  its  unmeasured  bounties  and  leaving  the  trees  as 
richly  fruitful  as  before. 

No  two  individuals  are  alike,  yet  all  may  be  harmonious  in 
this  one  thing — obedience  to  principle.     In  this  course  alone  are 


232  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

we  wise  and  safe.  It  is  in  the  exaggerated  opinion  of  our  own 
importance,  our  own  desires  and  concerns,  independent  of  God's 
will  toward  us,  that  the  danger  to  our  welfare  lies. 

"Dear  to  the  heart  of  the  Shepherd, 
Dear  are  the  sheep  of  his  fold." 

Yet  God  can  get  along  without  us.  No  one  is  indispensable 
in  his  great  cause.  But  we  could  not  live  without  his  support,  one 
fleeting  moment. 

This  truth  does  not  in  the  least  lessen  the  va(lue  of  personal 
influence,  individual  responsibility.  Clearly  it  shows  us  our  own 
littleness. 

"There  is  a  difference  between  individuality  and  selfishness." 
Would  we  prepare  for  the  responsibilities  that  confront  us,  we 
must  strip  the  soul  of  those  great  enemies  to  peace — hate,  avarice, 
pride,  envy.  We  must  stand  willingly  obedient  to  the  call.  Above 
all,  humility  is  a  strong,  grand  virtue,  for  it  is  the  open  gate 
through  which  many  desirable  qualities  may  enter. 

Again,  "Truth  reflects."  No  step  towards  goodness  can  re- 
sult in  as  much  benefit  to  others  as  unto  oneself.  A  deed  done  in 
the  spirit  of  loving  kindness,  and  it  is  oneself  more  than  anyone 
else  that  is  made  grateful  and  happy.  By  this  reaction  of  grace, 
we  receive  more  than  we  confer. 

Likewise  those  who  love  the  gospel,  the  joy  and  satisfaction 
that  comes  to  them  is  its  own  "exceeding  great  reward." 

But  we  are  promised  more  than  this.  He,  the  Life  and  the 
Way  hath  spoken,  "Seek  ye  first  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  his 
righteousness ;  and  all  these  things  shall  be  added  unto  you." 

Duty  is  privilege,  and  privilege  is  duty.  Living  in  accord 
with  divine  revelation,  and  what  is  the  outlook  up  through  the 
ages  to  be? 

"Thrones,  principalities,  kingdoms,  powers,"  and  finally,  aye, 
is  this  not  "privilege  supreme" — we  shall  enjoy  the  association  "of 
our  blest  Redeemer  in  his  celestial  reign. 

SALEM,  UTAH 


While  his  wife  was  away  Pat  was  doing  the  shopping.  Now 
he  stood  in  the  butcher's  shop  puzzled  as  to  what  joint  to  have  for 
Sunday  dinner. 

"Why  not  try  a  saddle  of  mutton  ?"  suggested  the  purveyor  of 
meat.    Pat  shook  his  head. 

"A  saddle  ?"  he  replied.  "Why  not  a  bridle  ?  Then  I'd  stand 
a  better  chance  of  getting  a  bit  in  my  mouth." 


SCENES  AT  THE  PANAMA-CALIFORNIA  EXPOSITION  AT  SAN  DIEGO 

Which  it  was  officially  announced,  December  4,   1915,  would  remain 
open    during    1916.       Top— The    Prado.        Center— Varied    Industries 
Building.       Bottom— The  Great  Spreckels  Outdoor  Organ  where  the 
Ogden  Tabernacle  Choir  received  a  series  of  Ovations  last  July. 


Good  Roads 


BY  THE  AMERICAN   HIGHWAY  ASSOCIATION 


While  encouraging  progress  has  been  made  in  the  improve- 
ment of  the  public  highways  of  the  country,  in  the  past  five  years, 
it  is  but  a  beginning.  More  than  two  million  miles  of  roads  over 
which  the  public  business  is  conducted  require  attention.  In  the 
winter,  in  many  sections,  they  are  impassable,  and  in  the  warmer 
seasons  they  are  but  clouds  of  dust.  Compared  with  their  material 
wealth,  the  States,  speaking  generally,  have  been  woefully  neg- 
lectful of  their  interests.  Speaking  specifically,  and  calling  names, 
the  figures  show  how  great  this  neglect  has  been.  The  immense 
State  of  Texas,  with  property  assessed  for  taxation  at  $2,500,- 
000,000,  has  128,971  miles  of  public  roads  of  which  only  4,896 
miles  have  been  improved.  In  other  States  a  like  condition  exists 
as  the  following  figures  will  show : 

Nevada,  assessed  value  of  property,  $107,794,729;  miles  of  public 
roads,  12,757;  miles  of  "improved"  roads,  62. 

Iowa,  assessed  value,  $3,365,930,064;  miles  of  roads,  104,027;  miles 
of  "improved"  roads,  2,505. 

Montana,  assessed  value,  $341,000,000;  miles  of  roads,  23,319;  miles 
of  "improved"  roads,  95. 

Nebraska,  assessed  value,  $325,974,928;  miles  of  roads,  80,338;  miles 
of  "improved"  roads,  249. 

Colorado,  assessed  value,  $422,439,525;  miles  of  roads,  30,571;  miles 
of  "improved"  roads,  304. 

Illinois,  assessed  value,  $2,422,361,952;  miles  of  roads,  94,141;  miles 
of  "improved"  roads,  9,000. 

New  York,  assessed  value,  $11,385,137,127;  miles  of  roads,  80,112; 
miles  of  "improved"  roads,  22,398. 

Wisconsin,  assessed  value,  $2,998,187,705;  miles  of  roads,  61,090; 
miles  of  "improved"  roads,  11,163. 

All  of  these  are  very  wealthy  states,  and  in  some  of  them,  at 
least,  there  has  been  much  talk  by  reformers  and  statesmen  about 
efficiency  in  government,  and  the  duty  of  sharing  with  the  people 
in  the  benefits  of  wise  and  economical  administration.  There  is  no 
other  matter  that  more  nearly  concerns  all  the  people,  the  man 
with  the  ox-cart  creeping  to  market,  and  his  more  fortunate 
neighbor  possessed  of  a  motor  car  or  prairie  schooner  alike,  than 
the  improvement  of  the  public  highways  over  which  all  must 
travel ;  yet  the  "official"  figures  show  that  the  upbuilding  of  public 
highways  has  received,  generally  speaking  again,  scant  attention. 
Tf  the  railroad  systems  were  guilty  of  such  neglect  in  the  improve- 


GOOD  ROADS  235 

ment  and  maintenance  of  their  lines,  not  only  would  the  business 
of  the  country  be  paralyzed,  but  there  would  be  instant  and  over- 
whelming demand  for  the  revocation  of  their  charters  and  the 
penitentiary  for  their  managers.  Yet  the  public  roads,  which  be- 
long in  a  special  sense  to  the  people,  are  fearfully,  not  to  say  crim- 
inally, neglected.  Who  are  to  blame?  The  people  themselves 
and  their  representatives  in  the  state  legislatures  and  in  congress. 
Appropriations  of  millions  of  dollars  are  made  for  impossible  har- 
bors on  inacessible  creeks ;  money  is  poured  out  like  water  for  ex- 
perimentation in  doubtful  ventures  of  supposedly  scientific  value  ; 
and  old  and  wasteful  methods  of  doing  things  in  the  name  of  the 
people  which  no  prudent  man  would  do  for  himself  are  followed 
because  there  are  armies  of  political  dependents  for  whom  pro- 
vision must  be  made  at  the  public  expense,  and  who  are  provided 
for  without  regard  to  the  public  interest,  but  at  public  cost.  It  is 
not  "The  Crime  of  1873"  that  should  arouse  the  indignation  of  the 
people,  but  the  crime  of  three  centuries  of  neglect  which  shows 
that,  with  wealth  amounting  to  $150,000,000,000,  there  are  in  the 
United  States  today  two  million  miles  of  unimproved  public  high- 
ways. It  is  the  mission  of  the  American  Highway  Association  to 
remove  this  reproach  from  the  American  Republic,  and  in  its 
crusade  it  invites  the  co-operation  of  all  who  are  interested  in  the 
public  welfare. 

Uniformity  and  efficiency  are  the  two  great  factors  in  road 
improvement,  each  so  related  to  the  other  that  both  are  essential 
to  success.  There  must  be  uniformity  of  legislation  and  adminis- 
tration without  which  there  can  be  no  efficiency  in  the  planning, 
building  and  maintenance  of  the  public  roads.  The  road  that  is 
built  for  the  benefit  and  convenience  of  a  single  community,  and 
without  regard  to  the  benefit  and  convenience  of  other  communi- 
ties, is  at  best  nothing  more  than  a  single  community  road.  With 
the  public  roads  it  is  just  as  it  used  to  be  with  the  railroads,  before 
they  were  brought  together  in  great  systems  by  which  the  remotest 
parts  of  the  country  were  placed  in  the  closest  possible  touch,  and 
district,  state  and  sectional  lines  were  obliterated  to  the  incalcula- 
ble advantage  of  the  whole  people.  Uniformity  in  rates,  freedom 
in  carriage,  economy  in  administration,  constant  effort,  at  enor- 
mous expense  in  maintenance,  have  resulted  in  efficiency  of  ser- 
vice. Communities  that  were  out  of  touch  with  the  railroad  sys- 
tems that  were  served  by  lines  which  began  nowhere  in  particular, 
perished  or  found  themselves  fighting  for  existence  when  places  on 
the  main  lines  flourished  like  the  green  bay  tree.  There  were 
abuses,  of  course,  many  of  them,  in  the  management  of  the  rail- 
road systems ;  but  these  were  in  the  main  due  to  speculative  con- 
trol, a  condition  which  could  not  possibly  obtain  in  the  control  of 
the  public  highways  of  the  country  which  would  remain  under  the 
immediate  direction  of  the  people  served  by  them.     Continuity  of 


236  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

public  highway  systems  would  not  mean  the  centralization  of  man- 
agement and  control  in  any  body  of  directors,  manifestly;  but 
continuity  of  such  systems  would  mean  simply  agreement  among 
the  townships,  cities,  districts  and  states  as  to  routes,  types  of  roa  1 
best  suited  to  the  traffic,  construction,  administration  and  main- 
tenance so  that  there  would  be  uniformity  in  design  and  efficiency 
in  service. 

In  seventeen  of  the  states  the  public  roads  are  under  the 
jurisdiction  of  boards  of  county  commissioners  elected  by  the 
people  and  without  the  least  concern  as  to  the  fitness  of  the  com- 
missioners so  elected  for  the  work  entrusted  to  them.  In  other 
states  the  control  of  the  roads  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  county 
boards  of  supervisors.  In  still  other  states  the  same  important 
service  is  committed  to  county  courts.  Another  group  of  states 
have  both  county  and  township  systems  of  road  management  Tn 
Missouri,  where  this  system  obtains,  the  county  court,  composed 
of  three  members  none  of  whom,  presumably,  possesses  the  least 
scientific  or  practical  knowledge  in  road  building,  has  full  charge 
of  road  affairs,  divides  the  county  into  road  districts,  appoints  a 
highway  engineer  and  overseers.  This  plan  obtains  in  only  92 
counties  in  the  state ;  in  the  remaining  20  counties  the  roads  are 
controlled  by  township  commissioners,  so  that  in  this  state  as  in 
others  there  is  no  uniformity  of  control,  and  the  records  show  little 
efficiency  of  service.  In  Alabama,  the  county  probate  judge,  who 
is  supposed  to  look  especially  after  the  estates  of  deceased  per- 
sons, is  one  of  the  board  of  road  commissioners.  In  Iowa,  county 
road  work  is  under  the  direction  of  county  boards,  and  township 
road  work  is  under  the  control  of  township  trustees.  And  so  it 
goes  all  over  the  country,  there  is  division  of  authority,  wheels 
within  wheels,  county  against  township  and  township  against 
county,  and  the  states  looking  on  without  the  courage  to  deal  with 
the  road  question  as  a  purely  business  question  divorced  from  local 
influences  and  political  considerations.  One  of  the  purposes  of 
the  American  Highway  Association  is  to  make  possible  efficient 
road  administration  in  the  states  and  their  subdivisions  by  the 
introduction  of  skilled  supervision  and  the  elimination  of  politics 
from  the  management  of  the  public  roads.  Surely  this  is  an  end 
which  all  men  will  agree  to  be  most  desirable. 

WASHINGTON,  D.   C. 


For  the  Consideration  of  Parents 


BY  DR.  JOHN   H.  TAYLOR,   M.   I.  A.  SCOUT  COMMISSIONER 


In  this  day  of  specialization  and  intense  activity,  the  questio 
of  essential  and  non-essential  lines,  in  courses  of  study,  is  a  serioi 
one.     Time  is  so  precious  that  it  must  be  spent  only  in  doing  th 
things  that  will  qualify  young  men  and  women  to  best  cope  wi>' 
the  problems  of  life  in  a  successful  manner. 

In  a  vocational  sense,  this  is  particularly  true.       To  succeed 
one  must  have  special  training  along  definite  lines,  and  the  add 
tion  of  extra  things,  not  fundamentally  necessary  to  the  vocation 
chosen,  retards  advancement,  as  far  as  expertness  is  concerne. 
For  example,  success  in  the  vocation  of  a  banker  does  not  requir> 
expert  learning  in  horticulture,  and  vice  versa.     While  specializ 
tion  is  necessary,  the  fundamental  principles  that  make  for  succe.- 
in  all'  vocations  are  the  same.     Certain  things  all  must  know,  r 
matter  what  they  want  to  do,  or  whether  they  live  in  city,  counti 
or  mining  district.     In  religious  and  moral  training  there  are  it 
special  lines.     That  which  is  good  for  one  is  good  for  all.     Notb 
ing  can  be  omitted.     All  must  measure  up  to  the  same  standard  of 
efficiency,  and  the  one  who  makes  the  best  use  of  the  means  o; 
advancement  offered,  is  the  one  who  leads. 

With  the  same  end  in  view,  the  method  of  teaching  truth  may 
differ.  The  important  thing  is  to  choose  the  method  best  adapted 
to  the  age  and  conditions  of  the  one  to  be  taught.  The  scout 
movement  is  one  of  the  proven  aids  in  moral  and  religious  train- 
ing. It  appeals  to  the  boy  between  the  ages  of  twelve  and  eighteen 
in  just  the  right  way  to  hold  him  during  this  critical  period  of  his 
life.  It  is  not  new,  except  in  bringing  together  all  the  good  things 
that  have  been  used  in  the  past  to  guide  and  interest  boys.  It  has 
been  and  can  be  adapted  to  all  conditions  and  localities.  While 
i^-ts  of  the  nrogram  may  be  more  necessary  and  more  easily  car- 
ried out  in  the  city,  the  big,  broad,  basic  principles  of  the  move- 
ment apply  to  every  locality. 

Let  us  consider  some  of  the  points  in  the  scout  program  and 
see  if  it  looks  good. 

When  the  boy  becomes  a  scout  he  makes  the  following 
promise : 

On  my  honor,  I  will  do  my  best :  first,  to  do  my  duty  to  God 
and  my  country,  and  to  obey  the  scout  law ;  second,  to  help  other 
people  at  all  times;  third,  to  keep  myself  physically  strong,  men- 
tally awake,  and  morally  straight. 


238  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

If  he  lives  up  to  this  standard  any  boy  will  be  a  better  boy? 
Is  there  anything  in  the  promise  which  would  not  apply  and  be 
of  assistance  to  boys  in  every  locality? 

Idle  scout  law  requires  that  he  be  trustworthy,  loyal,  helpful, 
friendly,  courteous,  kind,  obedient,  cheerful,  thrifty,  brave,  clean, 
and  reverent. 

The  beauty  and  strength  of  the  movement  lies  in  the  fact  that 
it  not  only  teaches  but  also  provides  plans  for  carrying  out  its 
teachings.  The  boy  must  not  only  be  a  sayer  of  and  listener  to 
the  word  but  a  doer  also.  He  does  his  daily  good  turn  as  an  indi- 
vidual, and  very  often  with  his  troop  he  does  the  troop  good  turn. 

This  feature  of  the  work  alone  makes  it  worth  while.  The 
development  of  kindness  and  thoughtfulness  for  others  cannot  be 
ignored,  if  you  would  have  the  boy  possess  the  qualities  of  a  true 
gentleman.  Through  the  constant  reminder  and  performance  of 
"the  daily  good  turn,"  the  doing  of  good  deeds  gradually  becomes 
a  habit.  This  training  will  result  in  good  to  the  boy  himself  and 
to  all  with  whom  he  comes  in  contact.  If  the  scout  movement 
helps  the  boy  to  abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco,  liquor,  etc. ;  helps 
him  to  be  clean  in  thoughts  and  habits,  as  is  the  testimony  of  so 
many  of  the  scout  leaders,  then  it  must  be  worth  while. 

In  the  past  we  have  tried  the  method  of  telling  the  boy  to  be 
good.  Having  warned  him,  it  was  left  to  him  to  choose  between 
good  and  evil.  At  this  time  of  life,  the  boy  is  not  worrying  very 
much  about  good  or  bad.  He's  worrying  about  the  trout,  out  in 
the  stream,  the  high  peak  in  the  distance,  a  ball  game  or  a  race. 
In  order  to  influence  him  for  good  we  must  talk  to  him  in  his  own 
language,  and  speak  it  so  well  that  there  will  be  mutual  under- 
standing. 

The  boy  is  full  of  energy  that  must  be  properly  directed,  or  it 
will  do  harm.  Without  direction  he  runs  the  chance  of  using  it 
in  tearing  down  rather  than  building  up  his  character.  To  be  fair 
with  the  boy  and  the  community,  we  must  do  all  we  can  to  lessen 
his  chance  of  failure.  He  is  too  precious  to  the  parent,  to  the 
community,  to  his  heavenly  Father,  to  be  treated  otherwise.  True, 
we  can  work  him  very  hard  and  use  up  his  physical  energy,  but 
his  mentality  which  craves  variety  and  change  is  still  active.  In 
satisfying  its  demand  he  will  continue  on  to  a  state  of  fatigue  in 
obtaining  the  enjoyment  that  his  youth  requires.  If  he  meets 
temptation,  under  these  conditions,  his  power  of  resistance  is  nat- 
urally weakened.  Work  alone  will  not  accomplish  the  purpose  of 
exhausting  the  boy's  energy,  and  when  used  by  the  parent  to  ac- 
complish this  purpose,  it  will  but  serve  to  put  the  boy  in  a  mental 
attitude  toward  them  that  will  mean  trouble  in  the  end. 

Why  not  recognize  the  fact  that  to  get  the  most  out  of  life, 
we  must  have  a  balanced  ration  of  work  and  recreation !  That 
the  former  is  the  most  important  needs  no  argument,  but  that  the 


FOR  THE  CONSIDERATION  OF  PARENTS  239 

latter  also  demands  its  time  and  place  is  equally  true.  It  is  by 
recognizing  this  play  instinct,  and  taking  it  seriously,  that  the 
scout  master  is  enabled  to  get  close  to  the  boy's  heart.  In  develop- 
ing this  instinct  the  scout  master  has  a  definite  purpose  in  view,  a 
goal  to  be  reached.  He  aims  not  only  to  make  the  boy's  play 
recreational,  but  also  educational. 

For  example,  if  the  boy  follows  his  own  will  and  inclination, 
he  goes  on  a  "hike."  He  has  no  definite  plan  in  view.  It  may  be 
a  long  or  a  short  trip;  aimlessly,  he  just  goes  and  returns.  Plis 
desire  for  change  has  been  gratified.  Perhaps  the  fresh  air  and 
exercise  were  not  particularly  necessary  to  his  health,  as  his  farm 
work  supplied  these  needs.  But  the  longing  for  change,  the  love 
of  adventure,  the  hunger  to  roam  in  the  great  out-of-doors,  to 
climb  the  highest  peak  and  view  new  scenes  beyond,  to  feel  the 
stillness  of  the  open ;  these  were  needs  of  his  nature  that  his  work 
failed  to  meet.  They  lured  him  on  and  on.  When  satisfied,  he 
returned  home  with  new  vim  and  a  determination  to  take  hold 
again.  This  desire  to  do  his  level  best  is  especially  strong,  if  his 
going  has  been  a  part  of  the  planning  of  his  father  and  mother. 
If  he  went  just  because  the  lure  of  the  open  became  stronger  than 
he  could  resist,  even  then  he  comes  home  with  at  least  a  determina- 
tion "to  stick  it  out." 

The  scout  movement  recognizes  the  craving  for  and  need  of 
change  and  variety  in  the  life  of  the  boy,  and  it  provides  for  that 
need.  Its  plans  call  for  well-directed,  intelligent  expenditure  of 
energy.  When  the  boy  takes  his  "hike,"  it  says  he  shall  not  only  see 
Nature's  great  panorama,  but  shall  learn  to  know  the  beautiful 
things  that  make  up  the  panorama.  The  flowers,  the  trees,  the 
rocks,  gain  new  meaning  when  he  becomes  so  intimate  with  them 
that  he  can  appreciate  the  beauty  of  their  coloring  and  the  wonder 
of  their  formation.  It  says  that  he  must  learn  to  distinguish  the 
varied  voices  of  nature,  to  recognize  the  cry  of  the  hungered  and 
distressed,  or  the  cooing  of  the  dove.  This  power  of  appreciation 
can  come  only  through  knowledge.  Did  you  think  that  the  "hike" 
takes  the  boy  away  just  for  exercise,  or  to  idle  the  time  away? 
Don't  you  see,  it  is  only  one  of  the  means  of  carrying  him  safely 
through  the  danger  zone,  giving  him  something  his  nature  de- 
mands, but  giving  it  to  him  in  the  right  way? 

Have  you  the  idea  that  the  scout  organization  is  military  in 
its  nature,  and  will  teach  your  boys  to  kill  and  destroy?  If  such 
an  idea  were  correct,  you  would  be  doing  exactly  right  in^keeping 
vour  bov  out  of  it.  You  sing  in  your  Sunday  school,  "We  are 
soldiers  of  the  Cross,"  etc..  but  the  idea  of  killing  is  not  associated 
with  the  word  soldiers.  The  word  has  another  meaning,  it  por- 
trays another  mode  of  conquest.  When  the  boy  becomes  a  scout, 
to  destroy  life  takes  on  new  meaning;  the  birds,  the  insects,  the 
animals,  demand  his  protection,  and  become  immune  from  useless 


240  IMPROVEMENT   ERA 

and  reckless  destruction.  The  mission  of  the  scout  is  to  save  life, 
not  to  destroy  it. 

Again  you  say  the  boy  wears  a  uniform.  So  do  conductors, 
firemen,  and  policemen,  but  you  do  not  think  of  them  as  soldiers. 
The  object  of  a  uniform  is  merely  to  indicate  the  organization  to 
which  they  belong  and  to  provide  a  serviceable  suit  to  carry  out 
part  of  their  special  work.  Besides,  the  uniform  is  entirely  op- 
tional. The  boy  may  wear  it  or  not  as  he  pleases.  It  is  not  what 
he  wears,  but  what  he  does,  that  counts.  The  question  is  asked. 
"Why  give  the  boys  drill  work?"  First,  in  carrying  out  the  scout 
program,  the  boys  have  to  move  from  place  to  place,  and  to  enable 
them  to  do  so  in  an  orderly  manner,  they  are  taught  to  march. 
It  is  for  the  same  purpose  that  Sunday  schools,  day  schools,  and 
gymnasiums,  teach  marching.  Second,  it  helps  the  boys  to  walk 
and  stand  correctly.  Third,  it  means  better  discipline,  and  is  ex- 
cellent training  in  obedience.  For  these  reasons  marching  has  a 
place  in  the  scout  program. 

One  of  the  splendid  and  exceedingly  practical  benefits  of  scout 
work  is  the  training  the  boy  receives  in  first  aid.  Can  you  give 
any  reason  why  every  boy  should  not  have  this  work  ?  Thousands 
of  lives  are  being  saved  every  year  bv  the  scouts — lives  which 
would  have  been  lost  had  not  "first  aid"  been  a  part  of  the  scout 
program.  And  so  we  might  go  on  and  enumerate  and  discuss  the 
many  things  that  interest  and  hold  the  boy,  educating  him  at  the 
same  time. 

The  movement  is  not  something  foreign  to  the  gospel,  because 
whatever  is  good  is  gospel.  Why  not  make  use  of  it?  It  has  the 
endorsement  of  the  general  authorities,  of  stake  presidents  and 
bishops,  of  scout  men  who  have  tried  it  out,  of  educators,  and  of 
the  president  of  the  United  States.  In  fact,  to  become  acquainted 
with  it  means  to  become  an  enthusiastic  follower. 

It  is  practicable  in  all  communities,  large  or  small,  country  or 
city.  Not  that  each  part  of  the  program  shall  have  equal  emphasis 
placed  upon  it  wherever  it  is  taken  up ;  but  that  the  portion  most 
needed  in  each  individual  community  be  emphasized.  It  is  the 
boy  that  is  our  concern — the  good  boy  we  want  to  make  better,  the 
indifferent  boy  we  want  to  guide,  the  boy  on  the  edge  we  want  to 
draw  back  and  save.  As  long  as  we  have  any  of  these  classes  of 
boys,  we  have  need  of  this  movement,  as  part  of  the  M.  I.  A.  plan 
and  work. 


Mother  Passes  Through  the  Shadows 
A  Good  "Home  Evening"  Story 

BY  ELIZABETH   CANNON  PORTER 


"Mother,  won't  you  fix  my  girdle  for  the  party  tomorrow 
night?  I've  tried  all  afternoon  and  I  can't  make  it  look  decent," 
said  eighteen-year-old  Mabel. 

"Yes,  dear,"  answered  mother. 

"I  think,  mother,  I'll  bring  the  children  over  to  practice  to- 
morrow night.  They  don't  know  that  song  half  well  enough," 
announced  Maud,  who  taught  in  the  country  school.  She  was 
anxious  that  her  "room"  show  off  well  at  the  coming  school  enter- 
tainment. Mother  assented,  though  the  constant  clanging  at  the 
piano  made  her  nervous  and  the  children  tracked  mud  all  over 
her  parlor  carpet. 

"Say,  ma,  do  you  know  where  my  sweater  is?  I've  hunted  all 
over  for  it,  and  we  play  Jordan  High  tomorrow  afternoon."  Six- 
teen-year-old Ned  was  one  of  the  basket  ball  team  at  the  high 
school. 

"I'll  see  if  I  can  find  it  after  supper,"  said  mother  patiently, 
then  sharply  as  a  little  boy  emitted  a  surreptitious  little  cough, 
"Bob,  are  your  feet  wet?" 

"Not  very,"  evaded  the  youngster,  as  he  shuffled  the  offend- 
ing members  under  the  table. 

"You  take  your  shoes  right  off  and  get  your  feet  up  to  the 
fire,"  ordered  mother,  but  just  at  this  point  baby  Roy  choked,  hav- 
ing nearly  swallowed  his  spoon  along  with  his  bread  and  milk, 
and  rescuing  the  spoon  distracted  mother's  attention. 

The  Miller  family  was  seated  around  the  long  supper  table. 
The  meat  on  the  big  platter  disappeared  and  the  mound  of  mashed 
potatoes  diminished  under  the  onslaught  of  healthy  appetites. 

Father  Miller,  a  large,  bony,  silent  man,  sat  at  the  head  of  the 
table.  He  noticed  that  mother's  eyes  were  unnaturally  bright  and 
her  cheeks  flushed.  She  looked  almost  as  young  as  her  daughters. 
Unlike  many  farm  women,  mother  had  retained  some  of  her  good 
looks.  But  then  she  had  been  unusually  beautiful  to  start  in  with, 
as  no  one  knew  better  than  father. 

Half  a  dozen  times  mother  had  to  get  up  from  the  table  to 
get  things.  By  the  time  she  finally  settled  down,  the  food  on  her 
plate  was  cold,  and  she  didn't  want  it.  So  she  rocked  baby  Roy 
and  fixed  him  for  bed.  Just  as  she  had  got  him  to  sleep  the  men 
came  in   from  their  "chores."  stamping  the  snow  off,  and  woke 


242  IMPROVKMKNT  ERA 

him  up.  Although  Roy  was  a  good  little  sleepy  fellow  ordinarily, 
he  did  not  like  to  be  disturbed  and  he  set  up  a  roar. 

"Here,  father,  you  take  him  and  see  if  you  can't  quiet  him 
down  in  bed,"  suggested  mother,  taking  a  mental  inventory  of  all 
the  things  she  had" to  do  that  night.  Father  Miller,  noticing  her 
tendency  to  "catch  up"  with  night  work,  had  long  ago  taken  the 
attitude  that  he  wouldn't  go  to  bed  without  her.  Many  was  the 
night  he  had  drowsed  over  his  farm  paper  while  she  finished  her 
houeshokl  tasks.  The  big,  tired  man  had  not  cuddled  baby  Roy 
more  than  ten  minutes  tonight,  however,  before  he  fell  asleep 
across  the  bed  with  all  his  clothes  on. 

Mabel  had  piled  up  the  supper  dishes  and  then  apologized 
that  she  would  "just  run  over  to  Nellie's  to  borrow  a  book"  while 
the  water  heated.  The  girls  had  giggled  and  whispered  together 
and  it  was  not  till  the  clock  struck  ten  that  she  started  guiltily  for 
home. 

In  the  meantime,  Mrs.  Miller  mixed  the  bread — she  had  to 
bake  thirteen  loaves  every  other  day.  Then  as  Mabel  was  still 
missing  she  made  little  Dora  do  the  dishes.  Dora  agreed  to 
"wash"  if  Bob  would  "wipe,"  which  he  did — under  protest.  After 
which  he  soaked  his  chilblains  in  salt  water  and  fell  asleep  on  the 
lounge.  Mother  unearthed  an  enormous  stocking  bag,  sorted  out 
Bob's  and  darned  them.  Then  she  roused  their  sleepy  owner  and 
helped  lug  him  to  bed.  She  got  his  cough  syrup  and  made  him 
take  it.  Bob  hated  to  take  medicine  as  much  as  most  boys,  but 
this  had  honey  in  it  and  he  took  it — when  he  didn't  forget. 

Mother  dragged  wearily  up  stairs  and  went  through  two 
clothes  closets  and  a  rack  in  the  search  for  Ned's  sweater.  She 
finally  found  it  in  the  dirty  clothes  bin  in  the  basement.  When 
she  sat  down  to  fix  the  belt  on  Mabel's  party  dress  it  was  nearly 
midnight.  She  was  dead  tired,  but  the  thought  of  her  girl's  dis- 
appointment if  it  weren't  ready  goaded  her  on.  It  was  after  one 
when  she  stumbled  out  to  see  if  the  back  door  was  locked.  She 
noticed  that  there  was  no  dry  wood  in  for  the  morning.  It  was 
Bob's  work  to  get  in  the  kindling,  but  in  the  ertra  exertion  of 
doing  the  dishes  he  had  neglected  his  own  "chore."  So  mother 
groped  her  way  out  to  the  woodshed.  A  piercing  blast  blew 
around  the  corner  of  the  house  and  seemed  to  go  right  through 
her.     She  shivered  as  she  crept  into  bed. 

"Why,  what's  the  matter?"  asked  Maud  the  next  afternoon 
as  her  eye  swept  the  disordered  kitchen. 

"Mother  isn't  very  well.  She's  lying  down,"  answered  Mabel. 
Her  hair  was  disheveled  and  she  had  flour  down  the  front  of  her 
apron. 

Maud  led  her  gang  of  school  children  into  the  parlor.  In- 
stead of  the  expected  fire  in  the  grate,  the  room  had  a  still  and 
forbidding  chill.     She  hurried  the  children  through  two  songs  and 


MOTHER   PASSES  THROUGH   THE   SHADOWS        243 

dismissed  them.  When  she  went  back  to  the  kitchen  the  range 
was  red  hot  and  a  sickening  odor  of  burnt  bread  permeated  the 
entire  house.  Just  as  Mabel  went  to  rescue  the  bread,  baby  Roy, 
who  had  been  wiping  up  all  the  mud  tracks  on  the  kitchen  floor 
with  his  white  dress  by  means  of  crawling  back  and  forth,  fell  flat 
in  a  mud  puddle  at  the  door.  Mabel  frantically  turned  out  three 
drawers  before  she  found  the  clothes  to  make  him  warm  and  dry 
again. 

"I  think  you  might  set  the  supper  on  the  table,  Maud,  since 
I'm  going  to  the  dance  tonight,"  suggested  Mabel.  "There's  some 
cold  ham  and  cheese.     It's  too  late  to  cook  anything  now." 

"It  seems  to  me  after  I've  drudged  in  a  school  room  all  week 
with  fractious  young  ones  I  ought  to  have  a  little  peace  Friday 
night.  I  wanted  to  try  that  new  song.  Never  mind,  run  along 
and  I'll  tend  to  it,"  said  the  elder  sister. 

Mabel  spent  so  long  primping  that  she  had  very  little  time 
to  eat  anything.  She  went  with  Nellie  and  Mrs.  Wallace  and  the 
whole  evening  was  a  disappointment.  She  wore  her  last  year's 
party  frock  and  the  first  thing  she  saw  when  she  entered  the  house 
was  Bessie  Morehouse  in  a  pink  messaline  covered  with  silver 
spangled  gauze.  Mabel  was  at  an  age  when  pretty  clothes  meant 
a  great  deal  to  her  and  she  felt  envious.  Then  the  handsome 
stranger  from  the  city,  about  whom  she  had  been  weaving  ro- 
mantic dreams  since  the  first  time  she  met  him,  scarcely  noticed 
her,  but  danced  three  times  and  sat  out  two  more  with  that  doll 
Vera  lones  who  had  as  much  brains  as  a  rabbit,  Mabel  reflected 
latterly.  She  decided  that  he  wasn't  as  interesting  as  she  had 
thought  him.  Then  Sam  Thomas,  whom  she  had  snubbed  two 
months  before,  made  a  point  of  not  asking  her  to  dance.  Not  only 
that  but  he  emohasized  it  by  asking  every  girl  in  the  neighborhood 
of  where  she  happened  to  be  sitting  or  standing,  to  dance  with 
him.  The  by-play  reached  its  height  when  he  actually  carried  off 
Viney  Crabtree,  who  was  like  a  withered  up  old  apple,  and  who 
never  danced,  simply  because  Mabel  happened  to  be  talking  with 
her. 

"I  never  knew  a  grown  man  could  be  as  mean  as  that,"  she 
thought  contemptuously. 

Her  one  comfort  was  good  old  Pete  Johnson,  whom  she  had 
known  all  her  life,  and  whose  eyes  followed  her  with  dog-like 
devotion  all  evening. 

When  she  reached  home  a  little  hacking  cough  issued  from 
her  mother's  room.    She  stopped  at  the  door. 

"Are  you  awake,  mother?" 

"Yes,  dear.    Did  you  have  a  nice  time?" 

"How  are  you  feeling?" 

"As  if  I  were  going  to  smother.  Will  you  bring  me  a  drink 
of  water — ?" 


244  [MPR<  >VEMENT   ERA 

As  Mabel  stooped  to  kiss  her  mother  good  night  she  ex- 
claimed, "Why,  mammy,  how  hot  you  are !" 

It  seemed  to  Mabel  as  if  she  had  just  got  to  sleep,  and  she 
certainly  hadn't  got  warm,  for,  thanks  to  her  silk  hose  and  thin 
pumps,  her  feet  were  like  two  chunks  of  ice,  when  there  was  a 
great  opening  and  shutting  of  doors,  and  she  heard  her  father's 
havy  tread  along  the  hall.  Could  it  be  morning  already?  She 
looked  out.  The  night  was  blank,  but  then  she  was  used  to  rising 
by  lamp  light.     Her  father  stopped. 

"Is  it  morning?"she  asked  sleepily. 

"Only  four.  Your  mother  is  very  ill, — burning  up  with 
fever  and  seems  to  be  going  off  her  head.  Ned  is  going  for  Dr. 
Stockton.  I've  started  the  fires.  Perhaps  you  had  better  come 
down  and  see  what  you  can  do." 

Mabel  slipped  into  her  clothes  and  down  the  stairs.  Maud, 
looking  very  slim  and  graceful  in  her  long  night  gown,  was  stoop- 
ing before  the  fire  with  a  glass  of  hot  milk.  Their  usually  placid 
mother  was  tossing  wildly  among  the  pillows,  fighting  for  her 
breath. 

When  the  doctor  came  he  took  the  sick  woman's  temperature. 
He  looked  at  the  thermometer  and  ejaculated.  He  put  his  ear  to 
her  chest  and  listened.  When  he  looked  up,  his  face  was  very 
grave. 

"It's  pneumonia — double  pneumonia.  I'm  afraid  both  lungs 
are  affected.  Fever  running  a  hundred  and  four.  You'll  have  to 
have  a  nurse.  I  will  send  Miss  Sampson  out."  He  gave  instruc- 
tions for  the  poulticing  and  took  his  departure. 

The  next  two  weeks,  to  the  occupants  of  the  Miller  house- 
hold, seemed  like  a  nightmare.  Hitherto  each  had  followed  his 
own  bent  and  taken  the  machinery  of  the  home  for  granted.  Mr. 
Miller  was  considered  a  prosperous  farmer  and  a  good  provider. 
Although  his  barn  was  big,  his  house  was  several  times  larger 
and  every  foot  of  space  meant  additional  work.  He  used  modern 
machinery,  but  he  provided  his  home  with  conveniences.  As  Mrs. 
Miller  sterilized  the  refrigerator,  washed  the  intricacies  of  the 
meat  grinder  and  turned  the  patented  churn  its  hundreds  of  times, 
Mrs.  Miller  had  thought,  "Modern  people  are  getting  'conven- 
ienitis'.  We  spend  so  much  time  looking  after  our  conveniences 
that  we  have  no  time  for  ourselves."  She  had  read  the  Tehuan- 
tepec  Indians  lived  in  mud  huts,  bathed  in  the  river  every  day,  put 
on  clean  cotton  clothes,  and  spent  hours  combing  their  long  glori- 
ous hair  in  the  sunlight. 

On  Mabel,  who  stayed  home  from  high  school,  fell  the  brunt 
of  the  house  work.  It  seemed  to  her  as  if  the  days  stretched  out 
into  interminable  messes  of  ugly  tasks.  Yet  she  never  had  time 
to  finish  anything.  The  children  left  their  things  around.  The 
house  was  alwavs  in  a  muss.    The  children  wouldn't  mind  Mabel. 


M OTHER    PASSES   THROUGH    THE   SHADOWS         245 

After  several  bitter  quarrels,  Mabel  decided  that  it  was  easier  to 
do  things  herself  than  waste  her  strength  to  make  the  others  do, 
so  she  tried  to  do  it  all.  Her  father  avoided  the  uncomfortable 
house  and  spent  more  and  more  time  out  among  his  sheds.  Ned 
didn't  get  home  from  school  until  night-fall.  The  children  com- 
plained of  her  cooking.  Ned  openly  ridiculed  it.  The  baby  was 
neglected.  It  seemed  at  times  to  Mabel  that  the  whiteclad  nurse 
in  her  spick  and  span  cap  and  gown  was  the  only  clean  thing  in 
the  house.  Yet  at  night  she  was  tired.  Her  feet  ached  so  with  the 
pain  that  she  could  have  screamed  when  she  took  off  her  shoes. 

Her  humiliation  reached  its  height  about  two  weeks  after  her 
mother  was  taken  sick.  George  Morse,  Maud's  beau,  was  there 
for  supper.  Mabel  began  the  meal  by  washing  a  great  stack  of 
dishes  that  had  been  left  from  dinner.  The  oven  wouldn't  heat. 
Everything  seemed  to  go  wrong.  Finally,  an  hour  late,  a  flustered 
Mabel  called  them  to  the  table.  Her  heart  sank  when  her  father 
cut  into  the  leg  of  mutton.  It  was  bloody.  Had  she  not  heard 
her  father  say  that  he  did  not  mind  rare  beef,  but  mutton — no. 
The  biscuits  were  so  bad  that  little  Bob  used  one  as  a  missile  to 
hit  Ned's  ear.  The  gravy  was  lumpy.  Even  the  canned  peas,  that 
Mabel  had  opened  at  the  last  minute  to  save  the  meal,  were  sour. 
In  her  hurry  she  had  poured  the  milk  on  them  from  the  wrong 
pan.  Ned,  who  was  in  a  disagreeable  mood  because  his  basket  ball 
team  had  lost  the  game  that  afternoon,  remarked,  "Gee,  I  feel  sorry 
for  the  fellow  that  gets  Mabel." 

"If  some  of  the  rest  of  you  helped  a  little  more  instead  of 
finding  fault  with  me  all  the  time,  things  might  be  better,"  cried 
Mabel  angrily.  "Father  is  getting  to  be  an  old  man  because  he 
has  to  do  three  men's  work,  and  you  do  nothing  but  play,  play,  play 
all  the  time."     A  pained  silence  followed  this  outburst. 

Gravely  Mr.  Miller  spoke,  "Mabel  is  right.  I  have  got- too 
much  work  to  do.  I  had  thought  of  making  you  a  proposition. 
If  you'll  hurry  home  from  school  and  help  me  more  evenings,  I'll 
give  you  half  the  calves  that  are  born  this  spring.  They'll  go  a 
lono-  way  toward  paying  your  way  when  you  start  to  the  uni- 
versity." 

Ned  swallowed  hard.  The  baseball  season  would  soon  be 
opening  and  the  boys  had  talked  of  making  him  Captain  of  the 
team.  But  it  may  be  that  his  defeat  had  had  a  chastening  effect 
on  his  spirit  that  afternoon  for  he  gulped,  "All  right,  I'll  do  it, 

dad." 

Mabel  glanced  at  Maud,  whose  lips  were  pursed  over  the 
chocolate  blanc  mange.  She  tasted  it.  It  was  burned.  Then 
she  remembered  that  just  as  she  was  stirring  the  pudding,  baby 
Roy  had  nearly  swallowed  a  marble.  While  she  prevented  him 
from  choking  to  death,  she  had  smelled  something  scorching,  but 
she  thought  it  was  just  some  milk  that  boiled  over  onto  the  stove. 


246  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

The  little  troubles  of  these  days  were  soon  over-shadowed  by 
the  catastrophe  that  followed.  Mother  had  a  relapse.  In  the 
ravings  of  deleriurri  they  all  heard  the  things  that  mother  thought 
but  never  said.  In  the  broken  sentences  they  overheard,  each  had 
a  guilty  feeling. 

"John  has  bought  six  more  cows.  That  means  more  work. 
We  are  swimming  in  milk  now." 

"Maud  wants  to  get  married.  Why  can't  she  wait  till  George 
gets  ready?" 

"I  wish  Mabel  would  be  serious.  She  thinks  of  nothing  but 
boys  and  frivolity." 

"Ned's  clothes  smell  of  cigarettes." 
"Rob,  be  quiet.    You  always  bang  the  doors." 
"Little  Dora  doesn't  grow  like  she  ought  to." 
"Where  is  the  babv?     Run  quick  or  he  will  drown  in  the 
tank." 

Or  again  it  would  be  petty  household  matters  that  she  would 
mutter  over,  "Eight  men  for  dinner  and  only  two  loaves  of 
bread !" 

"The  children  have  got  to  have  new  underwear."  "Where 
did  I  put  my  thimble  ?"  Or  again,  "I  am  so  tired.  I  want  to  go 
to  mother  and  rest.     She  says  it  is  almost  spring  in  Dixie." 

Mrs.  Miller's  mother  lived  in  St.  George,  and  she  had  not 
seen  her  for  five  years. 

Worse  than  the  fevered  mutterings  were  the  times  she  lay 
still,  and  they  bent  over  her  to  catch  her  labored  breathing.  Maud 
felt  ashamed  of  her  mother's  patched  old  night  gowns,  and  brought 
one  of  her  own  embroidered  trousseau  ones,  but  the  nurse  wiselv 
preferred  the  old,  warm  coverings.  The  doctor  came  oftener. 
Maud  hurried  home  from  school.  Mr.  Miller  haunted  the  house, 
helpless,  as  only  a  strong  man  with  nothing  to  do  can  be.  Miss 
Sampson  demanded  more  help  and  they  took  turns  keeping  watch 
by  the  sick  woman's  bedside  during  the  long  vigils  of  the  night. 
Even  Ned  volunteered  for  duty,  and  they  found  him  two  hours 
after  he  had  gone  on  guard  sound  asleep  with  his  black  head 
buried  in  the  white  counterpane  at  the  side  of  his  mother's  bed. 

As  the  days  went  by  and  Miss  Sampson  reported,  "Just  the 
same,"  a  shadow  settled  upon  the  house.  The  day  of 'the  big 
snow  storm  the  realization  came  to  them  that  not  only  was  mother 
"no  better,"  but  she  was  worse.  The  nurse  worked  steadily  over 
the  sick  woman's  bed  giving  sharp,  curt  orders  for  the  things  she 
wanted.  Father  stood  at  the  front  window  looking  out  at  the 
storm  saying  nothing,  seeing  nothing.  The  children  spoke  in 
whispers.  The  very  wind  seemed  to  shriek  at  the  calamity  about 
to  fall  upon  the  house.  At  the  supper  table  the  older  ones  ate 
little  and  spoke  less,  as  if  each  dreaded  to  voice  the  fear  that 


MOTHER    PASSES   THROUGH   THE   SHADOWS         247 

lurked  at  all  their  hearts.     They  all  strained  their  ears  to  catch 
every  sound  in  their  mother's  room.  I 

That  night  as  they  knelt  at  family  prayers  when  their  father 
got  to  the  place,  "We  ask  thee  to  bless  our  mother  and  restore 
her  to  health — "  his  voice  broke  and  he  could  not  finish.  Mabel, 
in  wild  hysterics  rushed  up  to  her  room  and  flung  herself  on  the 
bed.  There  Maud  found  her  a  few  minutes  later  sobbing  into  the 
pillow.  "Mother  is  dying  and  we  can  do  nothing  for  her."  With 
her  own  eyes  welling  with  tears,  Maud  went  down  the  stairs  and 
almost  into  the  arms  of  the  old  family  doctor. 

"Do  you  think  she  will  pull  through?"  she  asked. 

"There  is  a  hope,  my  girl,  or  I  wouldn't  have  come." 

He  went  into  the  sick  woman's  room.  At  the  end  of  the 
hour  he  asked  for  Mr.  Miller.  "I  think,  sir,  if  your  wife  lives  till 
morning  she  will  get  well.  The  crisis  is  at  hand.  I  can  do  no 
more.  She  has  a  good  constitution  and  that  is  in  her  favor."  Dr. 
Stockton  left  shortly  after  that,  and  Mr.  Miller  sat  with  bowed 
head  praying  as  he  had  never  prayed  before.  No  one  undressed 
and  they  flitted  through  the  house  like  specters.  Mabel,  with  her 
heart  bursting,  had  to  feign  cheerfulness  as  she  tucked  the  young- 
sters into  bed.  Midnight  came  and  went.  After  an  interminable 
age  the  clock  struck  one.  Finally  two,  when  all  nature  wakes  and 
seems  to  turn  over  and  settle  itself  for  its  morning  nap — two,  the 
dread  hour  when  most  spirits  wing  their  way  to  the  great  un- 
known. Three,  and  the  woman  still  lived, — nay  she  seemed  to 
breathe  more  easily.  At  last  the  gray  dawn  shone  murkily  in  the 
east.  To  Mabel,  who  always  hated  the  dark,  it  came  as  an  angel 
of  light,  and  in  an  ecstasy  of  joy  she  clasped  her  father's  hoary 
head. 

As  soon  as  she  was  strong  enough  they  bade  Mrs.  Miller 
God-speed  to  St.  George.  Clad  in  a  blue  broadcloth  suit,  the  gift 
of  her  eldest  daughter,  and  with  her  second  daughter's  purple 
and  azure  bathrobe  in  her  suit-case,  "to  sleep  in  because  it  was  so 
comfy,"  and  with  baby  Roy  tumbling  about  her  feet  (she  had  re- 
fused flatlv  to  leave  him  behind),  she  started  for  the  sunshine  to 
work  the  final  cure. 

As  Mabel  turned  back  to  her  uncongenial  household  tasks, 
her  father  touched  her  on  the  shoulder,  "I  see,  my  girl,  that  you 
are  learning  the  meaning  of  true  greatness." 

"Greatness?"  She  stared  blankly.  Shoveling  ashes  and 
scrubbing  floors  seemed  as  far  removed  from  greatness  as  any- 
thing she  could  imagine. 

"Yes,  true  greatness  lies  in  doing  the  task  that  lies  nearest 
(lie  hand,  and  doing  it  well." 

Mabel  learned  that  good  housekeeping  consists  in  not  trying 
to  do  it  all  oneself.     She  put  out  part  of  the  washing,  and  got 


248  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

a  woman  to  come  in  and  iron  one  day  a  week.  Each  child  was  re- 
quired to  do  some  part  of  the  household  work. 

"It  takes  as  much  diplomacy  to  run  this  home  as  it  does  the 
German  embassy,"  she  remarked.  Although  it  was  not  as  well  run 
as  in  her  efficient  mother's  hands,  conditions  gradually  improved. 

Mrs.  Miller,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  state,  was  also  learn- 
ing something.  When  she  saw  how  some  other  people  lived  she 
felt  a  great  sense  of  security  in  her  big  comfortable  home,  and 
her  toiling  husband  who  provided  it.  The  piles  of  vegetables, 
the  pans  of  cream,  the  quarters  of  beef,  that  she  had  looked  on  as 
burdens  to  be  looked  after  now  seemed  as  the  horn  of  plenty.  She 
met  a  little  woman  who  had  buried  as  many  children  as  Mrs. 
Miller  had  reared,  and  a  great  surge  of  thankfulness  swept  over 
her  for  her  living,  demanding,  eight.  She  felt  that  she  had  never 
known  what  trouble  was.  Then,  quite  suddenly  and  unexpectantly, 
she  went  home. 

After  they  had  all  hugged  their  thin  but  radiant  mother,  Mabel 
asked,  "How  did  you  happen  to  come  back  so  soon  ?" 

"Why,  I  got  so  worried  over  Maud's  wedding,  I  just  had  to 
come." 

"Why,  mother,  didn't  you  know  we  had  given  it  up  ?" 

"Given  it  up  ?"  repeated  her  mother  dazedly. 

"Yes,  the  reception,  you  know.  We  thought  we  would  just 
go  quietly  to  the  temple  and  be  married  and  then  go  out  to  our 
iittle  home." 

"Well,"  said  her  mother,  decisively,  "we'll  have  a  wedding 
supper  anyway,  for  his  folks  and  yours." 

That  night,  as  they  all  gathered  in  the  sitting  room,  the  home 
circle  complete,  once  more,  their  father  said  in  his  grave,  quiet 
voice,  "We  put  too  heavy  a  burden  on  mother,  and  we  almost  lost. 
Through  the  blessing  of  the  Lord,  she  was  restored  to  us,  and  I 
hope  we  will  all  prove  worthy  of  it  by  doing  the  things  we  have 
learned  in   our  necessity." 

And  each  one  in  his  heart  decided  that  he  would. 


"It  is  true,"  severely  said  the  lady  of  the  high  ideals  to  the 
successful  writer,  "that  you  have  gained  much  prosperity  by  your 
writings,  but  you  have  written  nothing  that  will  live." 

"Perhaps  not,"  returned  the  author ;  "but  when  it  comes  to  a 
question  of  which  shall  live,  myself  or  my  writings,  I  never  hesi- 
tate."— Ladies'  Home  Journal. 


The  Island  of  Samos 


BY  LYDIA  D.  ALDER 


The  island  of  Samos  is  situated  forty-two  miles  south  of 
Smyrna,  off  the  west  coast  of  Asia  Minor.  It  is  twenty-seven 
miles  in  length,  its  greatest  breadth  is  ten  miles,  contains  two 
hundred  thirteen  square  miles,  and  has  a  population  of  nearly 
fifty  thousand.  Two  ranges  of  limestone  mountains  traverse  the 
island.  Their  slopes  are  partly  covered  with  pine  woods,  vine- 
yards and  olive  groves.  The  valleys  are  very  fertile,  for  this  is 
one  of  the  most  productive  islands  of  the  archipelago.  Its  exports 
are  raisins,  oil,  fruits,  skins  and  corn.  We  were  informed  that 
an  excellent  quality  of  muscatine  wine  was  manufactured  here.  The 
mineral  products  are  iron,  lead  and  silver.  Vathy,  its  principal 
town  and  capital,  is  situated  on  the  south  side  of  the  island,  and 
it  has  a  good  harbor.  The  town  of  Cora,  near  the  south  coast,  is 
of  much  importance.  It  is  built  on  a  portion  of  the  site  of  ancient 
Samos.  In  those  times  the  island  was  famed  for  its  temple  of 
Juno.  Of  this  temple  only  a  few  ruins  remain.  Cora  was  the 
home  of  Pythagoras  and  the  Sculptor  Theodosius,  and  was,  for 
a  time,  the  home  of  Anthony  and  Cleopatra.  The  Samiotes  were 
among  the  first  to  join  the  Greek  war  of  independence,  throughout 
which  they  were  successful  in  holding  the  island  against  the  Turks. 
Since  1832,  the  Island  has  been  an  autonomous  principality,  pay- 
ing a  small  tribute  to  Turkey.  The  people  are  Greeks,  both  in 
language  and  religion.  The  island  rose  to  great  power  under 
Polycrates,  B.  C,  532,  and  became  the  centre  of  Ionian  arts, 
luxury  and  science,  so  the  history  reads. 

We  arrived  early  in  the  morning  at  Vathy.  The  vessel  was 
anchored  about  two  miles  out  in  deep  water.  We  were  rowed  to 
the  island  over  a  beautiful  stretch  of  blue  sea.  On  landing  at 
Vathv  we  found  the  town  to  be  one  of  the  cleanest  and  prettiest 
imaginable.  This  we  fully  appreciated  after  the  unsanitary  condi- 
tions of  Constantinople.  The  streets,  and  even  the  quay,  are  well 
paved  with  wide,  white  stones.  Little  patches  of  garden  roses 
newly  out ;  hawthorn,  red  and  white,  in  full  bloom  and  the  trees 
laden  with  blossoms,  make  it  an  ideal  spot  of  beauty.  We  made 
ourselves  understood  when  we  inquired  for  the  post  office,  which 
we  found  to  be  a  funny  little  affair  up  quite  a  flight  of  stairs.  At 
a  store  where  post  cards  were  sold,  we  found  a  man  who  fairly 
well  understood   English.     This  man  conducted  us  to  the  office 


250 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


of  Mr.  Marce,  the  British  j 
ambassador.  We  learned 
that  Samos  is  under  the 
combined  rule  of  England, 
France  and  Russia.  The 
Sultan  of  Turkey,  however, 
holds  the  appointive  power 
of  the  ruler  or  prince,  but 
he  must  be  a  Christian.  The 
British  consul  was  not  in 
but  his  brother,  who  could 
speak  English  fairly  well, 
was  glad  to  see  us.  The 
conductor  of  our  party, 
with  a  proud  wave  of  his 
hand,  which  included  all  of 
us,  introduced  us  as  "sub- 
jects of  King  Edward." 
This  brought  the  quick  re- 
tort from  the  writer,  "I  am 
an  American  citizen,  subject 
of  the  people !" 

Mr.  Marce  very  cour- 
teously proffered  his  ser- 
vices to  conduct  us  to  points 
of  interest  in  the  town,  and 
seemed  pleased  to  accom- 
pany us.  Mr.  Marce  in- 
formed us  there  was  but 
one  Catholic  Church  on  the 
island.  Paul  visited  and 
preached  here  on  his  way  to 
Ephesus  (Acts  17).  After 
diligent  inquiries  we  could 
find  no  trace  of  that  time, 
nor  could  we  learn  of  any- 
thing that  bears  on  that 
visit. 

The  doors  of  the  Greek 
Church  were  open,  and  a 
woman  was  cleaning  it.  On 
the  pulpit  lay  an  open  Greek 
Bible,  and  gracefully  sus- 
pended near  it  hung  a 
wreath  of  flowers.  At  the 
House  of  Parliament  we  were  introduced  to  the  ruler.  He 
only  speak  in  Greek.   He  was  a  tall,  handsome  man,  with  a 


could 
gentle 


THE  ISLAND  OF  SAMOS  251 

and  refined  manner.  He  bowed  graciously,  and  shook  hands  with 
each  one  of  us  as  we  were  introduced  to  him.  Mr.  Marce  acted  as 
interpreter,  and  told  him  we  were  all  English  subjects,  except  the 
writer,  who  was  an  American.  Oil  paintings  of  the  princes 
(former  rulers  of  the  island)  were  suspended  on  the  walls  of  this 
building.  In  the  centre  of  the  Council  Chamber  was  a  long  table, 
with  chairs  on  either  side.  The  floor  was  covered  with  a  rich 
red  carpet.  All  the  windows  overlooked  the  sea.  In  an  outer 
room  of  the  building,  the  town  council  met.  In  one  end  of  this 
very  plain  room  is  a  slightly  elevated  stand,  where  the  presiding 
officials  sit;  two  ministers  of  the  church  of  England,  and  myself 
were  invited  to  this  stand,  and  introduced  to  the  company  as  two 
representatives  of  England,  and  one  of  the  Stars  and  Stripes,  to 
which  we  responded  in  little  speeches.  The  town  council  only 
meets  three  or  four  times  a  year.  "It  was  not  necessary  to  meet 
ofterner,"  the  ruler  said.  On  parting  with  the  Prince,  he  expressed 
his  deep  regret  that  he  could  do  no  more  for  us,  and  wished  us  a 
safe  and  pleasant  journey.  To  him  we  expressed  our  pleasure 
in  visiting  such  a  beautiful  place.  Three  of  the  guards  of  the 
island  had  accompanied  us  during  our  visit,  and  went  with  us 
when  we  visited  the  barracks,  where  we  saw  some  of  the  soldiers 
scouring  their  arms  with  good,  old-fashioned  brick.  They  are 
a  fine  looking  lot  of  fellows.  Their  dress  is  of  blue  broadcloth 
piped  with  red.  This  costume  fits  to  the  waist,  then  a  kilt  skirt 
reaches  to  the  knees.  Permission  was  obtained  to  photograph  the 
group,  which  pleased  them  very  much.  They  were  arranged  by 
the  officers,  who  invited  some  of  the  party,  among  them  the  writer, 
to  be  of  the  group.  We  promised  to  send  them  a  copy  of  this 
picture  on  our  return  to  England.  The  museum,  a  very  primitive 
affair,  contains  curios  of  this  and  adjacent  islands.  The  school 
we  visited  is  a  long  way  behind  our  times.  In  one  room  a  man 
teacher,  with  a  light  overcoat  on,  and  cane  in  hand,  was  standing 
as  instructor  to  about  fifty  boys  ranging  in  age  from  10  to  12 
years.  Not  a  window  in  the  room  was  open.  The  air  was  vile. 
In  the  next  room  was  a  class  of  perhaps  15  or  20  young  men, 
who  would  in  a  year  finish  the  school  course.  Mr.  Marce  intro- 
duced us  in  each  room,  as  a  party  bound  for  Palestine  and  Egypt. 
The  writer  was  made  conspicuous  as  being  "the  only  American. ' 
We  asked  the  young  men  what  they  intended  to  do  when  they  had 
finished  in  this  school.  Some  said,  "We  are  going  to  England's 
school,"  others  said,  "We  are  going  to  America." 

We  found  some  nicely  woven  baskets  on  the  outskirts  of 
Vathy,  the  ingenious  work  of  natives,  some  of  which  we  took  back 
to  England.  The  Monastery  of  the  Prophet  Elias,  is  situated  at 
the  foot  of  the  mountains,  in  a  very  beautiful  grove -of  trees, 
flowers  and  shrubs.  Here  we  whiled  a  little  time  away,  dreaming 
restful  day  dreams,  forgetting  the  world  that  seemed  so  far  away. 


252 


IMPRl  >VEMENT   ERA 


In  this  magical  spot  the  real  gives  place  to  the  ideal,  and  forget- 
ting is  the  pleasure  of  the  hour  from  which  thought  wakens  with 
a  sigh. 

On  the  way  down  to  the  quay  we  stopped  at  the  consul's 
office  and  found  he  had  arrived.  He  was  a  rather  handsome 
looking  Greek  who  spoke ,  excellent  English.  He  informed  us 
that  his  family  had  been  consuls  in  Samos  since  1808,  first  his 
grandfather,  afterward  his  father,  and  now  himself.  Being  asked 
he  said  that  he  was  empowered  to  act  in  the  name  of  the  United 
States  in  any  matter  required.     The  consul  and  his  brother  ac- 


MK|^^*^yH|ipHa 

,    ;»Mtf$H> 

i  Sift 

"   M"^^1^%*>Jin^a*ir.^9 

m 

MONASTERY    OF   THE    PROPHET    ELIAS 

companied  us  to  the  quay  and  in  parting,  graciously  wished  us  a 
pleasant  visit  in  the  Orient,  and  a  safe  return  to  our  native  lands. 
We  expressed  our  appreciation  of  the  royal  welcome  we  had  re- 
ceived, and.  the  kindness  extended  to  us,  by  all  rising  in  the  boat 
that  was  to  bear  us  back  to  the  vessel.  We  spoke  of  our  delight  in 
visiting  Samos,  the  beautiful,  the  primitive,  and  the  law-abiding, 
and  sighed  that  all  the  world  could  not  be  like  unto  Samos.  With 
three  rousing  cheers  and  a  tiger,  we  bade  farewell  to  the  fair 
island  smilingly  kissed  by  ocean's  in-tumbling  waves,  and  balmy 
air  o'erladen  with  the  frasrrant  scent  of  flowers  and  sea. 


"Don't  yez  know  yit  how  t'  drive  a  nail  widout  mashin'  yer 
t'umb?"  gleefully  inquired  the  hod  carrier  of  the  injured  carpenter. 
"No,"  retorted  the  carpenter,  hotly,  "an'  neither  do  you." 
"Shure  Oi  do,"  returned  the  hod  carrier.     "Hould  th'  ham- 
mer wid  both  hands." — Ladies  Home  Journal. 


Waste  in  Spelling 


BY    MOSIAH    HALL,    STATE    INSPECTOR    OF    HIGH    SCHOOLS. 


For  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  education  the  eye  of  sci- 
ence is  directed  towards  the  problem  of  elementary  education.  As 
a  result  of  this  investigation  many  old-time  notions  and  customs 
are  found  to  be  inadequate,  if  not  fallacious,  and  require  to  be 
revised  or  abandoned  in  view  of  the  discoveries  being  made. 

Among  the  first  subjects  to  feel  the  influence  of  the  new 
light  is  spelling.  Twenty  years  ago  Dr.  Rice  declared,  from  in- 
vestigations he  had  made,  that  classes  devoting  from  forty-five  to 
fifty  minutes  daily  to  spelling  were  no  more  efficient  than  those 
that  gave  but  fifteen  minutes  to  the  subject.  Educators  at  that 
time  laughed  at  Dr.  Rice  and  called  him  a  crank ;  they  justified 
their  opposition  to  him  through  belief  in  the  old-time  notion  that 
proficiency  in  any  subject  is  directly  proportional  to  the  time  de- 
voted to  that  subject.  Recent  investigations,  however,  have  dem- 
onstrated not  only  that  this  old-time  maxim  under  certain  condi- 
tions may  be  fallacious,  but  also  that  Dr.  Rice's  contention  is  prac- 
tically true.  Fifteen  minutes  daily  is  found  to  be  sufficient  time 
to  develop  skill  in  spelling,  and  more  time  than  this  is  apt  to  be 
sheer  waste  of  effort.  If  thirty  minutes  a  day  is  squandered  by 
any  school  in  a  fruitless  spelling  grind,  this  amounts  to  one-tenth 
of  the  entire  time  assigned  to  the  elementary  schools ;  if  not  more 
than  fifteen  minutes  a  day  is  lost  in  the  same  futile  manner  by  each 
school  in  the  state  (a  supposition  not  difficult  to  believe),  then 
one-twentieth  of  the  time  used  in  the  school  is  wasted  on  spelling 
alone.  Approximately  $2,000,000  is  used  each  year  in  the  state 
for  elementary  instruction ;  one-twentieth  of  this  amount  is  $100,- 
000 — a  rather  large  sum  to  sacrifice  yearly  to  the  false  god,  spell- 
ing. 

SOURCE  OF  SOME  ERRORS 

The  educational  value  of  spelling  is  so  slight  that  it  is  almost 
negligible,  and  yet  spelling  has  been  regarded  as  of  equal  rank 
with  other  elementary  subjects  ;  but  it  adds  nothing  to  the  physical 
or  moral  development  of  the  child,  and  "satisfies  no  psychological 
need  or  spiritual  craving."  The  most  that  may  be  said  of  it  is 
that  it  adds  sometimes  to  the  "gaiety  of  nations,"  and  has  some 
real  economic  value. 

The  exaggerated  importance  of  spelling  is  responsible  chiefly 


254  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

for  the  fallacies  that  have  accompanied  its  teaching-.  The  greatest 
mistake  has  been  the  attempt  to  teach  the  child  both  his  speaking 
and  reading  vocabulary,  when,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  his  writing- 
vocabulary  is  the  only  one  that  deserves  attention.  This  has  given 
rise  to  an  effort  to  teach  the  eight  thousand  words  of  the  average 
spelling  books,  as  well  as  the  bost  difficult  words  met  with  daily 
the  various  subjects  being  studied.  As  a  result  the  child  is  com- 
pelled to  devote  an  enormous  amount  of  time  to  the  spelling  of 
words  which  he  will  never  use  in  writing,  to  the  neglect,  conse- 
quently, of  the  more  simple  words  which  make  up  his  written 
English. 

SUGGESTED  REMEDY 

From  the  foregoing  the  right  mode  of  procedure  is  evident. 

1.  The  vocabulary  needed  in  ordinary  English  by  the  child 
in  his  written  work  should  be  discovered  and  made  the  backbone 
of  the  course  in  spelling.  The  spelling  of  the  most  commonly 
used  terms  only  in  geography,  history,  etc.,  should  be  required  in 
addition. 

2.  Each  individdal  should  be  held  personally  responsible  for 
the  special  vocabulary  needed  by  him  in  the  vocation  which  he 
is  to  follow  in  life. 

3.  Every  one  should  be  taught  to  know  perfectly  well  when 
he  does  not  know  how  to  spell  some  needed  word  and  how  to  dis- 
cover quickly  from  the  dictionary  the  required  information. 
Guessing  should  never  be  tolerated. 

4.  The  sentiment  must  be  fostered  that  it  is  more  of  a  credit 
than  a  disgrace  not  to  know  how  to  spell  certain  peculiar  unim- 
portant terms  used  as  catch  words. 

Investigation  has  shown  that  the  ten  words,  the,  and,  of,  to,  I, 
a,  in,  that,  you,  and  for  with  their  repetitions,  constitute  fully  one- 
fourth  of  all  the  words  we  write ;  that  fifty  words  constitute  one- 
half ;  three  hundred  words,  three- fourths,  and  one  thousand  words 
more  than  nine-tenths  of  all  the  words  we  use  in  writing.  The 
Russell  Sage  Foundation  has  just  published  a  list  of  what  it  be- 
lieved to  be  the  one  thousand  most  commonly  used  words  in  Eng- 
lish composition.  Can  any  valid  reason  be  given  why  these 
thousand  words  should  not  constitute  the  minimum  requirement 
in  the  elementary  grades  ? 


Be  patient  with  the  hired  man  who  gets  drunk  and  abuses 
your  stock.  It  isn't  the  man  that  does  the  mischief ;  it  is  the  stuff 
that  is  in  him.  The  man  to  blame  is  the  one  who  sells  him  the 
poison. — Farm  Journal. 


Social  Dancing  and  its  Direction 


BY  E.  L.  ROBERTS,  PHYSICAL  DIRECTOR,  BRIGHAM  YOUNG  UNIVERSITY 


I — GENERAL  SUPERVISION 

Social  dancing  is  becoming  so  general  and  so  important  in 
the  lives  of  all  people,  and  especially  the  young  people,  that  it 
should  be  taken  hold  of  and  directed  in  order  that  it  may  become 
a  factor  in  the  education,  refinement,  and  elevation  of  all  those 
who  participate.  It  should  no  longer  be  considered  as  a  mere  re- 
laxation, but,  while  the  recreational  side  should  in  no  way  be 
neglected,  social  dancing  should  be  considered  as  an  opportunity 
for  development.  In  order  that  it  may  perform  this  function  it  re- 
quires the  most  intelligent  supervision  that  the  Church  or  its  or- 
ganizations can  offer. 

There  should  be  a  general  committee  in  charge  of  all  stake 
and  ward  dancing.  This  committee  should  be  composed  of  people 
who  are  capable  of  making  an  intelligent  study  of  the  social  situ- 
ation. It  should  contain  conservative  elements  who  are  slow  to  be 
moved  by  sudden  changes,  as  well  as  devotees  of  dancing  who  are 
eager  to  be  as  nearly  as  possible  abreast  of  the  times.  This  com- 
mittee should  be  in  more  or  less  contact  with  the  dancing  situa- 
tion in  America,  as  well  as  in  the  stake  and  ward.  It  should  keep 
ever  before  it  the  needs  of  the  young  people,  and  the  ideals  of  the 
Church,  and  harmonize  these  to  the  best  of  its  ability.  It  should 
also  be  in  close  touch  with  the  committees  under  it,  which  take 
charge  of  the  ward  affairs. 

II LOCAL  SUPERVISION 

Each  stake  should  have  a  social  committee,  and  each  ward 
of  the  stake  also  a  group  of  people  in  charge  of  the  socials.  These 
committees  should  be  in  close  touch  with  the  general  committees, 
and  yet  should  be  independent  enough  to  adjust  their  actions  to 
suit  local  situations. 

The  ward  committees  should  appoint  a  director  of  the  dancing 
who  should  have  charge  of  all  the  social  dancing  in  the  ward. 
This  office  should  be  dignified,  and  the  director  should  no  longer 
be  considered  as  a  "floor  manager"  or  "caller." 

The  director  should  be  a  man  with  strong  personality.  He 
should  preside  over  the  dance  program  something  as  a  presiding 


256  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

officer  officiates  at  any  other  important  affair.  He  should  not 
be  considered  as  a  policeman  or  a  monitor  whose  business  it  is  to 
interfere  with  pleasure  and  show  authority;  and  yet  he  must  be 
ready  at  any  moment  to  interfere  with  "pleasure"  and  to  exercise 
authority.  His  business  is  to  lead  and  direct,  and  he  must  have 
a  clear  vision  of  the  goal  he  is  seeking  for  those  under  his  charge. 
This  goal  is  the  goal  of  all  those  above  him  with  whom  he  should 
be  co-operating. 

The  floor  management,  the  man  in  charge  of  ticket  taking, 
checking,  and  the  orchestra — all  should  be  under  the  direction  of 
the  director.  The  orchestra  should  not  be  a  law  unto  itself,  playing 
anything  that  it  pleases  or  anything  that  some  dancer  happens  to 
suggest.  It  should  not  render  the  music  as  it  desires.  The  di- 
rector, who  is  studying  the  dancing  problem,  will  be  able  to  get 
many  good  results  in  an  intelligent  control  of  the  music.  In 
many  cases  where  he  detects  or  anticipates  an  undesirable  "drift" 
he  can  change  the  tempo  of  the  music,  and  produce  wonderful  re- 
sults. Where  he  desires  to  preserve  the  indentity  of  a  dance  which 
is  drifting  out  of  date,  he  can  keep  it  a  little  longer  for  the  good 
of  all  by  having  the  music  play  short,  beautiful  selections. 

The  director  should  be  at  his  post  every  minute  from  the 
opening  of  the  dance  until  the  last  person  is  out.  He  should  not 
be  too  social,  not  too  "glib  of  foot,"  as  this  tends  to  weaken  his 
strength.     He  should  preside  and  still  participate. 

Ill — THE  PROGRAM 

A  dance  to  be  a  success  must  be  filled  with  keen  joy  and 
pleasure.     If  it  lacks  these  elements  there  is  fault  somewhere. 

The  dance  hall  should  be  beautiful ;  the  music  should  be  beau- 
tiful ;  the  dancers  should  be  beautiful ;  the  dancing  should  be  in 
every  sense  beautiful,  and  artistic. 

The  dance  is  an  event  not  an  incident.  It  is  worthy  of  the 
most  careful  preparation.  It  is  worthy  of  a  simple  but  artistic 
program.  The  present  degeneracy  in  dancing  is  due  largely  to  the 
fact  that  the  program  idea,  in  many  districts,  has  been  done  away 
with.  Not  long  ago  the  dances  were  programed;  then  those  in 
charge  neglected  the  programs  and  merely  announced  the  dances ; 
later  they  let  even  this  fall  away.  The  dances  were  not  announced. 
The  music  would  start  to  play,  the  dancers  joining  in  as  they 
pleased,  and  dancing  what  and  how  they  pleased.  The  programs 
were  sometimes  used  in  "swell"  affairs,  but  simply  as  a  means  of 
assisting  the  dancers  in  keeping  track  of  their  partners,  and  not 
in  any  sense  to  designate  what  the  people  should  dance. 

The  programs  should  begin  with  the  Opening  Invocation,  and 
the  name  of  the  person  who  is  to  offer  the  invocation  should  be 
printed.     This  features  the  prayer,  as  it  should  be  featured,  and 


SOCIAL  DANCING  AND  ITS  DIRECTION  257 

gets  the  crowd  ready  and  in  the  proper  mood  for  it.  Following 
the  Invocation  the  dancing  numbers  should  be  listed  in  a  way 
which  gives  an  interesting  variety  and  satisfies  the  needs  of  the 
dancers.  *  *  *  The  last  number  should  be  a  regular  dancing 
number,  and  not  the  present  degenerated  "Home,  Sweet  Home," 
Waltz.  Eliminate  this  waltz,  and  put  a  proper  finish  to  the  affair. 
(It  is  important  in  this  connection  to  have  plenty  of  help  on  the 
hat-checking  deparments  so  as  to  reduce  the  need  of  rushing  for 
the  check-room.) 

The  programed  dances  should  consist  of  a  large  number  of 
( 1 )  well  known  dances,  so  that  most  of  the  people  are  dancing 
and  not  merely  looking  on.  (2)  There  should  be  a  few  new 
dances  which  are  winning  a  place  upon  the  program;  and  there 
should  be  an  equal  number  of  old  dances  which  are  gradually 
being  relegated  to  the  past.  This  arrangement  will  make  it  pos- 
sible for  the  dance  to  fulfil  its  functions  socially  and  recreationally. 
People  are  not  free  to  enjoy  if  they  are  constantly  being  worried 
with  too  many  new  steps.  Neither  can  they  truly  enjoy  if  they 
are  compelled  to  dance  only  the  old,  out-of-date  steps.  A  whole- 
some mixture  of  new  and  old  will  get  the  best  results. 

In  order  to  insure  the  success  of  this  program  idea  it  should 
be  well  understood  that  the  people  must  dance  what  is  pro- 
gramed, and  dance  it  all  in  more  or  less  the  same  way.  In  the 
very  newest  steps  there  will  necessarily  be  a  margin  (not  too 
much)  of  difference  in  interpretation.  It  will  be  quite  impossible 
for  all  to  dance  exactly  alike  until  the  dances  are  standardized  and 
until  they  are  well  learned.  In  the  older  dances,  however,  there 
is  no  excuse  for  a  "mix-up"  of  dancing.  If  a  two-step  is  on  the 
program,  everybody  should  two-step,  and  those,  if  any,  who  are 
walking  should  be  asked  to  take  their  seats,  or  two-step.  If  the 
program  calls  for  a  one-step,  no  older  or  younger  couple  should 
be  permitted  to  two-step.  This  should  hold  good  and  true  of  all 
the  dances.  The  director  should  not  be  lax  for  a  single  moment, 
and  should  make  absolutely  no  exceptions.  The  time  for  him 
to  act  is  at  the  moment  and  not  after  the  dance  is  finished.  It 
should  be  understood  and  announced  that  the  director  is  not  of- 
fending any  really  big  person  by  making  suggestions,  or  offering 
criticisms,  during  the  dancing,  any  more  than  he  would  be  if  of- 
fering those  same  suggestions  in  the  dancing  class. 

If  too  many  couples  are  not  following  the  rules,  the  music 
should  be  stopped,  and  a  pleasant  announcement,  followed  by  a 
demonstration,  should  be  made.  After  this  the  standards  should 
be  upheld  at  any  cost. 

The  new  dances,  if  they  have  the  qualities  that  will  make 
them  survive,  can  gradually  be  made  to  have  a  more  prominent 
place  upon  the  program  as  they  become  the  property  of  everybody. 
Of  course,  all  "Freakish"  innovations  should  not  be  given  even  a 


258  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

"look-in"  upon  the  program.  Those  in  charge  should  be  sure 
how  a  dance  will  be  danced  by  the  masses,  not  how  it  can  be 
danced  by  the  expert,  before  they  countenance  it  by  putting  it 
upon  the  program.  The  bi-products  of  the  freakish  steps  are 
the  important  things  to  consider. 

IV MISCELLANEOUS   POINTS 

Whatever  the  dance  is  and  whatever  may  be  claimed  as  to 
the  "stylish"  position,  no  close  dancing  should  be  permitted.  The 
dancers  should  not  be  in  contact  except  with  hands.  The  ball 
room  should  not  be  a  spooning  parlor. 

Dancing  movements  which  are  well  in  the  realm  of  or  even 
border  too  much  upon  the  conspicuous  should  be  done  away  with. 
The  dance  hall  is  no  gymnasium. 

While  dancing,  in  order  to  be  social,  should  be  more  of  the 
nature  of  folk-dancing  than  of  the  stage  and  exhibition  dancing,  it 
should  not  degenerate  into  the  rowdy  and  boisterous.  The  Vir- 
ginia Reel  serves  very  well  as  a  vent  for  the  escape  of  more  or  less 
restrained  energy,  but  it  is  at  present  a  little  too  boisterous.  Other 
group  dances  might  well  take  its  place. 

In  order  that  the  dancers  may  be  present  before  the  opening 
prayer  is  offered,  it  is  well  to  play  a  selection  or  two  before  the 
program  begins.  *  *  *  The  dance  should  be  closed  by  prayer 
at  the  appointed  time. 

V — SUMMARY  OF  SUGGESTIONS. 

(1)  Place  all  dancing  under  intelligent  supervision  and 
direction. 

(2)  Emphasize  the  social  side  of  dancing  by  conforming  the 
programs  to  the  needs  of  the  masses. 

(3)  Program,  in  some  manner,  all  dances.  Place  the 
prayers  on  program. 

(4)  Preserve  the  identity  of  the  dances  by  insisting  that  the 
dances  be  danced  as  programed. 

(5)  Secure  variety  by  program,  not  in  individual  dance. 

(6)  Have  body  of  program  consist  of  well-known  dances; 
then  a  small  number  of  new  steps,  and  a  small  number  of  very 
old  dances. 

In  this  way,  and  in  all  other  possible  ways,  see  that  the  dance 
leaves  the  dancers  better  than  it  found  them ;  happier,  more  cul- 
tured and  refined,  more  appreciative  of  the  beautiful ;  healthier, 
more  thankful  to  the  Creator  for  all  the  clean  joys  of  life. 

PROVO,   UTAH 


Federal  Aid  to  Vocational  Education 


BY    FRANK    S.    HARRIS,    PH.    D.,    PROFESSOR   OF    AGRONOMY,    UTAH 
AGRICULTURAL   COLLEGE 


To  those  members  of  the  Mutual  Improvement  Associations 
who  have,  during  the  last  two  or  three  years,  been  devoting  them- 
selves to  helping  young  people  in  the  selection  of  a  vocation,  it 
will  be  of  interest  to  learn  that  a  movement  is  on  foot  to  give  fed- 
eral aid  to  vocational  education.  The  question  of  more  effectively 
fittitng  young  people  for  the  work  of  life  has  been  discussed  in  all 
parts  of  the  country  during  recent  years,  and  we  may  expect  this 
discussion  to  be  crystalized  into  some  form  of  legislation.  Local 
legislation  has  already  been  enacted  in  many  places ;  but  the  pres- 
ent agitation  seems  to  be  to  make  the  movement  nation-wide. 

President  Wilson  in  his  recent  message  to  Congress  said  the 
Government  should  give  greater  attention  to  vocational  education. 
This  is  taken  by  some  to  mean  that  legislation  along  this  line  now 
has  a  better  chance  to  pass  than  during  previous  sessions  of  Con- 
gress;  for  this  question  has  been  up  a  number  of  times.  In  1912 
the  Page  bill,  covering  this  field,  passed  the  Senate,  but  failed  in 
the  House.  Without  doubt  a  number  of  measures  that  have  been 
proposed  have  been  visionary  and  inconsistent  with  conditions 
as  they  exist  in  the  country ;  but  these  failures  have  helped  to  clar- 
ify the  subject  till  something  suitable  will  without  doubt  be 
brought  forward  in  the  near  future. 

The  present  session  of  Congress  will  probably  have  the  op- 
portunity to  vote  on  what  is  known  as  the  Smith-Hughes  bill 
which  embodies  the  recommendations  of  the  President's  Commis- 
sion on  National  Aid  to  Vocational  Education,  appointed  in  1914. 
It  is  the  purpose  of  the  bill  "to  extend  to  the  states  the  help  of  the 
o-overnment  in  establishing  vocational  education  and  in  training 
persons  to  teach  it.  This  "is  to  be  done  by  grants  of  money,  and 
by  the  establishment  of  a  Federal  Board  for  Vocational  Education 
to  work  with  and  through  the  states  in  starting  this  form  of  edu- 
cation. The  purpose  of  the  proposed  law  is  not  to  enable  the  Fed- 
eral Government  to  enter  the  educational  field  and  establish 
schools,  but  rather  to  extend  such  aid  as  will  stimulate  the  various 
states  to  develop  the  work  themselves." 

The  commission,  after  going  over  the  situation  thoroughly, 
found  a  tremendous  wastage  of  youth  on  account  of  lack  of  train- 
ing for  work.  They  found  25,000,000  persons  in  the  country, 
eighteen  years  of  age  and  over,  engaged  in  farming,  mining,  man- 
ufacturing, mechanical  pursuits,  trade,  and  transportation.     Of 


260 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


the  14,250,000  engaged  in  manufacturing  and  mechanical  pursuits, 
not  one  per  cent  have  had,  or  at  the  present  time  have,  any  chance 
to  secure  adequate  training.  The  commission  comments  on  the 
loss  due  to  the  lack  of  training  as  follows : 

"If  we  assume  that  a  system  of  vocational  education,  pursued 
through  the  years  of  the  past,  would  have  increased  the  wage- 
earning  capacity  of  each  of  these  25,000,000  to  the  extent  of  ten 
cents  a  day,  this  would  have  made  an  increase  of  wages  for  the 
group  of  $2,500,000  a  day,  or  $750,000,000  a  year,  with  all  that 
this  would  mean  to  the  wealth  and  life  of  the  nation.  This  is  a 
very  moderate  estimate,  and  the  facts  would  probably  show  a  dif- 
ference between  the  earning  power  of  the  vocationally  trained  and 
the  vocationally  untrained  of  twenty-five  cents  a  day.  This  would 
indicate  a  waste  of  wages,  through  lack  of  training,  amounting  to 
$6,250,000  every  day,  or  $1,875,000,000  for  the  year." 

While  these  figures  are  almost  startling,  it  seems  probable 
that  they  are  not  far  from  the  truth.  The  nation  cannot  afford 
to  allow  this  gigantic  waste  to  continue;  no  more  can  the  small 
community  afford  to  have  the  energies  of  its  workers  dissipated  on 
account  of  lack  of  training  for  the  work  that  is  to  be  done. 
Whether  Congress  passes  any  measure  to  aid  this  condition  or 
not,  it  seems  that  the  officers  and  members  of  the  Mutual  Im- 
provement Associations  should  not  slacken  their  efforts  to  assist 
young  people  in  finding  the  right  work  and  in  preparing  them  to 
do  it  in  the  best  way  known  to  man. 

LOGAN,  UTAH 


PLANTING   THE   M.    I.   A.    BOY   SCOUT   TREE 

In  the  new  city  park,  Vernal,  Utah,  April  15,  1915.     J.  Winter  Smith, 
Stake  Scoutmaster. 


"Even  the  Winds  and  the  Sea  Obey  Him" 


BY  JAMES  E.  TALMAGE,  OF  THE  COUNCIL  OF  THE  TWELVE 


In  the  year  1908  a  certain  pamphlet — No.  1  of  the  instructive 
series  written  by  President  Charles  W.  Penrose  under  the  expres- 
sive title,  Rays  of  Living  Light — was  translated  into  the  Danish- 
Norwegian  tongue,  and  a  large  edition  of  the  Scandinavian  version 
was  printed  in  Denmark.  Several  packages  of  these  tracts  were 
consigned  as  freight  from  Aarhus,  Denmark,  for  Bergen,  Nor- 
way. The  steamer  on  which  they  were  shipped  was  wrecked  on 
one  of  the  small,  rocky  isles  lying  west  of  the  main  coast,  within 
about  fifty  miles  of  Bergen. 

A  few  months  after  this  catastrophe,  a  small  party  of  "Mor- 
mon" elders  started  upon  a  missionary  tour  through  the  fishing 
villages  and  other  towns  on  the  rock-bound  shores  of  the  Nor- 
wegian fjords,  and  on  the  adjacent  islands.  In  the  course  of  their 
house  to  house  visits,  in  search  of  opportunity  to  converse  with 
the  people  regarding  the  saving  principles  of  the  gospel,  these 
devoted  missionaries  distributed  leaflets  and  tracts  to  all  who 
would  accept.  Prominent  among  the  printed  offerings  was  No.  1 
of  the  Rays  of  Living  Light.  Scarcely  had  the  elders  well  entered 
upon  their  labors  on  one  of  the  small  islands  lying  immediately 
west  of  the  little  city  of  Haugesund,  between  Stavanger  and 
Bergen,  when  they  were  greeted  by  the  welcome  assurances  that 
most  of  the  people  living  upon  that  island  and  along  the  coast  of 
the  adjacent  mainland  had  read  that  particular  tract  and  were 
eager  to  secure  others  of  the  series.  In  nearly  every  house  to 
which  the  elders  came  they  were  made  welcome,  and  were  shown 
sea-stained  copies  of  the  printed  tract.  The  good  people  of  those 
wave-lashed  coasts  explained  that  amongst  the  jetsam  that  had 
been  brought  up  from  a  wreck  several  weeks  earlier  had  been 
packages  of  the  leaflet  in  question,  and  that  these  had  been  distrib- 
uted up  and  down  the  coast  and  from  island  to  island. 

In  1913,  I  was  addressing  a  large  congregation  at  Logan,  on 
the  occasion  of  a  stake  conference,  and  I  related  the  little  story 
given  above.  At  the  close  of  the  meeting  an  elder  who  had  served 
as  a  missionary  in  Scandinavia  came  to  me  and  testified  to  per- 
sonal knowledge  of  the  facts,  stating  further  that  he  was  one  of 
the  missionaries  who  had  been  sent  into  the  district  where  the 
people  had  obtained  their  first  bit  of  "Mormon"  literature  from 
the  sea.     Later  in  the  day  the  elder  referred  to  handed  me  two 


262  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

copies  of  the  pamphlet  discolored  from  contact  with  sea-water. 
These  he  said  he  had  obtained  from  the  home  of  a  fisherman  in  ex- 
change for  clean,  new  copies. 

Once  at  Cedar  City  I  told  the  story,  in  the  course  of  a  public 
address.  Toward  the  close  of  the  meeting  an  elder  who  had  then 
but  recently  returned  from  service  in  the  British  mission  was 
called  to  speak.*  He  stated  that  in  his  field  of  labor  he  had  met  a 
certain  gentleman  who  described  the  manner  of  his  first  becoming 
acquainted  with  the  gospel  as  follows : 

The  man  had  left  his  English  home  largely  because  of  a  feel- 
ing of  general  unrest,  and  more  particularly  because  of  differences 
between  himself  and  other  members  of  his  father's  family  on 
questions  concerning  religion.  Neither  the  teachings  of  the  Estab- 
lished Church  nor  the  doctrines  of  the  many  dissenting  sects  satis- 
fied his  yearning  for  the  peace  of  mind,  such,  as  he  believed,  the 
Church  of  Christ  should  afford.  He  came  to  the  United  States, 
and  in  time  journeyed  westward,  and  secured  employment  with  a 
surveying  party  operating  in  Wyoming.  One  day,  during  the 
noon  rest,  he  sat  outside  the  tent,  which  was  pitched  near  the 
railway.  He  noticed  a  newspaper  sheet  blown  before  the  wind ; 
and,  thinking  that  it  might  contain  something  of  interest,  per- 
haps something  that  would  relieve  the  tedium  of  the  hour,  he  ran 
to  catch  it.  A  gust  of  wind  blew  the  paper  into  his  hands.  The 
sheet  was  found  to  be  part  of  the  Deseret  Nezvs,  containing  the 
full  report  of  a  sermon  delivered  in  the  Tabernacle  at  Salt  Lake 
City,  and  dealing  with  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  gospel. 
He  read  the  sermon  and  re-read  it. 

He  was  conscious  of  a  feeling  amounting  almost  to  conviction 
that  the  people  who  professed  and  practised  such  doctrines  as 
were  set  forth  in  that  address  were  those  whom  he  had  been  hop- 
ing to  find.  His  contract  with  his  employer  prevented  him  from 
carrying  out  his  desire  to  visit  Utah,  at  that  time,  and  learn  more 
of  the  Church  and  its  teachings.  Soon  after  the  incident  of  the 
wind-blown  newspaper,  he  was  summoned  home  by  a  bereavement 
in  the  family.  A  few  weeks  following  his  return  to  England,  he 
heard  our  "Mormon"  elders  preaching  on  the  streets  of  his  native 
town.  Their  teachings  were  in  tune  with  those  of  the  sermon 
he  had  read  on  the  western  desert.  His  heart  was  already  pre- 
pared, and  the  seed  of  the  gospel  took  root  therein.  The  man  ac- 
cepted the  truth  and  became  an  earnest  member  of  the  Church  of 
Jesus  Christ. 

Each  of  the  foregoing  incidents  should  be  a  means  of  en- 
couragement to  readers  engaged  in  missionary  service.  One  of 
the  characteristic  features  of  the  work  of  the  Lord,  in  the  last  dis- 
pensation, and  a  specified  sign  of  the  nearness  of  the  Savior's 


*Elder  Stewart  Thorley,  of  Cedar  City,  Iron  County,  Utah. 


"EVEN  THE  WINDS  AND  THE  SEA  OBEY  HIM"       263 

advent,  is  that  the  gospel  of  the  Kingdom  shall  be  preached  to 
all  people.  In  this  world-wide  diffusion  of  the  truth  the  print- 
ing press  is  one  of  the  most  effective  means.  Through  the  me- 
dium of  printed  matter,  even  through  unfriendly  publications,  peo- 
ple are  put  upon  inquiry,  and  some  of  them,  those  who  are  honest 
seekers  after  the  truth,  will  be  led  to  investigate  further.  Today 
the  message  of  "Mormonism"  is  so  generally  proclaimed  that 
practically  every  one  who  will  may  read. 

Even  the  winds  and  the  waves  serve  the  purposes  of  God. 


The  Joy  of  Living  and  Serving 


BY  ANNIE  G.  LAURITZEN 


Who  is  he  that  is  reaping  the  golden  harvest  of  the  joys  of 
living?  What  is  required  by  the  Master  of  those  who  would  ob- 
tain this  joy,  and  eternal  life  which  is  God's  greatest  gift  to  man  r 

Not  one  short  mission  of  a  couple  of  years  or  so ;  not  in  the 
performing  of  one  evening's  service  at  home,  as  a  ward  teacher ; 
not  the  hauling  of  one  load  of  wood  for  some  widow  or  mission- 
ary's wife,  will  bring  this  joy  and  this  gift.  But  it  is  living  in 
continued  service  that  brings  these  rewards. 

Jesus  said:     "Sell  that  thou  hast  and  give  to  the  poor,  and 
thou  shalt  have  treasures  in  heaven,  and  come  and  follow  me. 
Follow  the  Master,  how  long?  a  day,  or  a  month,  or  a  year?    No ; 
it  means  to  follow  in  his  footsteps  all  the  days  of  life.     _ 

A  nameless,  soulful  longing  to  do  good,  put  into  living  action ; 
a  desire  to  know  and  to  do  God's  holy  will ;  to  rise  to  sublime  spir- 
itual heights,  by  spiritual  effort,  and  to  serve  the  poor  and  the 
needy  among  one's  fellow  men— these  are  among  life  s  greatest 
enjoyments !  In  these  one  finds  rest,  and  a  peace  that  passeth  un- 
derstanding. It  is  what  Christ  promised  when  he  declared :  _  Come 
unto  me  all  ye  that  labor  and  are  heavy  laden,  and  I  will  give  you 
rest  Take  my  yoke  upon  you,  and  learn  of  me;  for  I  am  meek 
and'lowly  in  heart :  and  ye  shall  find  rest  unto  your  souls.  For  my 
yoke  is  easy,  and  my  burden  is  light." 

SHORT   CREEK,   ARIZONA 


Editors'  Table 


Newv<  Year's  Greeting 

I  wish  all  our  readers  a  Happy  New  Year.  May  they  be 
prosperous  both  in  spiritual  and  temporal  affairs.  And  as  my 
wishes  go  out  to  you,  dear  reader,  so  I  wish  these  blessings  for 
all  the  officers  of  the  Priesthood,  the  M.  I.  A.,  the  Church  schools, 
and  the  auxiliary  organizations,  the  missionaries,  and  the  Saints 
everywhere. 

There  is  great  satisfaction  in  knowing  that  the  work  of  the 
Lord  is  prospering,  not  alone  at  home,  but  also  in  the  various  mis- 
sion fields.  The  Saints  at  home  have  been  abundantly  blessed  in 
every  effort  put  forth.  The  earth  has  yielded  richly  for  their  tempor- 
al wants.  It  is  good  to  know  that  in  material  prosperity  they  have 
not  forgotten  their  obligations  to  the  Lord.  They  hold  the  prin- 
ciples and  requirements  of  the  gospel  as  the  most  precious  gifts  in 
the  world.  These  lead  to  true  service  for  the  benefit  of  our  fellow 
men,  and  to  obedience  to  the  commandment,  love  one  another.  In 
their  studies  and  activities  the  youth  of  Zion,  through  their 
quorums  and  organizations,  hold  uppermost  in  their  thoughts  the 
message  of  life  and  salvation.  Their  teachers  take  advantage  of 
every  opportunity  to  impress  the  truth  upon  them  that  temporal 
blessings  are  merely  necessary  stepping  stones  to  upward  spiritual 
progress.  If  they  are  used  otherwise,  they  become  the  steps  of  the 
way  that  leads  down  to  death  and  destruction. 

Our  teachers  must  impress  these  common  truths  upon  the 
youthful  mind.  Their  messages  should  be  simple  and  practical. 
This  applies  to  our  schools,  our  Priesthood  classes,  and  all  the 
auxiliary  organizations,  and  to  the  ward  teachers.  There  is  more 
virtue  in  impressing  the  mind  with  a  few  fundamental  principles 
underlying  the  gospel  of  our  Lord  and  Savior  Jesus  Christ,  as 
revealed  to  us  through  the  Prophet  Joseph  Smith,  than  in  all  the 
intellectual  philosophies  of  the  world  that  are  without  the  spirit 
of  the  gospel.  I  sometimes  think  in  our  teaching  we  are  too  fond 
of  outlines,  and  mental  structures  built  upon  forms  and  rules,  to 
the  forgetting  of  those  great  sources  of  knowledge,  the  Holy 
Ghost,  and  the  spirit  of  the  gospel.  This,  of  course,  should  not 
be  so. 

Our  teachings  should  be  simple:  The  Father  and  his  Son 
lesus  Christ  live  and  answer  prayer.  They  revealed  themselves 
to  Joseph  Smith,  personally,  by  which  we  know  they  are  like  unto 
man  in  form.  By  means  of  the  revelations  of  the  Lord  Jesus  to 
Joseph,  the  true  Church  of  Christ  is  organized  upon  earth  with 


EDITORS'  TABLE  265 

an  authorized  priesthood  to  officiate  in  its  ordinances,  and  to 
receive  continued  revelation  for  its  perpetuation  and  permanent 
establishment  in  the  world.  Men  are  called  upon  through  this 
authority  to  have  faith  in  God,  repent  and  turn  from  their  sins, 
to  be  baptized  by  those  who  have  authority,  and  to  have  hands  laid 
upon  them  that  they  may  receive  the  Holy  Ghost  as  a  light  to  their 
path  and  a  guide  to  their  feet.  They  thus  become,  by  conformity 
to  the  will  of  the  Lord,  examples  of  righteousness  before  the 
world,  by  which  they  let  their  "light  so  shine  before  men,  that 
they  may  see  their  good  works,  and  glorify  their  Father  which  is 
in  heaven." 

May  the  Latter-day  Saints,  who  hold  the  authorized  commis- 
sion of  our  Lord  to  cry  repentance  to  the  nations,  and  to  officiate 
with  authority  in  the  ordinances  of  the  gospel,  realize  their  awful 
responsibility.  May  they  be  found  ready  to  proclaim  the  message 
in  word  and  action,  at  home  and  abroad,  to  every  nation,  kindred, 
tongue  and  people. 

Grateful  that  our  land  is  free  from  the  terrors  of  war,  let  us 
pray  that  the  people  of  our  country  and  its  officers,  who  are  their 
servants,  may  be  inspired  to  so  direct  its  destiny  that  we  may  have 
continued  peace  and  prosperity.  May  the  strife  and  contention  now 
tearing  the  nations  asunder  end  in  a  better  understanding  among 
men  of  that  new  life  that  is  coming  and  which  shall  be  directed  by 
the  spirit  of  the  Gospel  of  Jesus  Christ,  and  obedience  on  the  part 
of  mankind  to  his  laws  and  commandments.  That  is  the  only  way 
to  happiness  and  peace  in  this  world,  and  to  eternal  life  in  the 
world  to  come. 

Then,  finally,  may  each  of  us  live  so  worthily  in  the  new  year 
that  personally  we  shall  not  be  found  wanting,  but  when  the  call 
shall  come,  we  can  answer,  "Lord,  here  am  I." 

Joseph  F.  Smith. 


Let  Peace  Abound 


The  first  session  of  the  Sixty-fourth  Congress  opened  in 
Washington  December  6,  1915.  Both  the  Senate  and  the  House 
met  at  twelve  o'clock  noon.  This  session  of  Congress  wdl  con- 
sider much  important  business,  which  will  be  taken  up  after  the 
holidays.  Our  readers  will  be  specially  interested  in  and  agree 
with  the  prayer  offered  at  the  opening  of  the  Senate  by  Rev.  For- 
est J.  Prettyman,  D.  D.,  chaplain  of  the  Senate,  who  prayed  as 
follows : 

"Almighty  God,  by  Thy  grace  and  favor  we  are  permitted  to  meet 
again  to  open  this  session  of  our  National  Congress.  We  pause  at  the 
threshold  of  a  great  responsibility  to  make  mention  of  Thy  name  and 


266  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

to  seek  once  more  Thy  guidance  and  Thy  grace.  Thy  name  has 
made  us  great  and  Thy  truth  alone  can  establish  us  in  greatness.  Thy 
spirit  can  lead  us  in  the  use  of  all  the  powers  that  Thou  hast  put  at 
our  command,  and  Thy  favor  alone  can  prosper  us  in  all  our  enter- 
prises. We  seek  the  spirit  of  refinement  in  every  heart.  We  ask  Thy 
guidance  and  Thy  blessing  that  every  representative  of  every  State 
of  this  great  Union  may  have  enthroned  in  his  heart  the  ideals  of  a 
great  Republic.  We  bless  Thee  for  Thy  continued  favor,  and  seek  Thy 
guidance  for  the  future  days. 

"Let  peace  abound.  May  the  message  and  ministry  of  this  great 
land  be  that  of  brotherhood  among  mankind,  and  may  the  righteous- 
ness that  Thou  hast  revealed  to  us  in  Thy  word  be  established,  and 
justice  made  permanent  in  our  country. 

"Hear  us  in  this  our  prayer,  and  guide  the  affairs  of  this  great 
Nation  to  the  ultimate  establishment  of  Thine  own  kingdom,  for  Thou 
art  the  Lord  of  lords  and  the  King  of  kings.  We  make  our  prayer 
'n  Jesus'  name.    Amen." 

So  also,  the  opening  prayer  given  in  the  House  by  Rev.  Henry 
N.  Couden,  D.  D. : 

"We  stand  before  Thee,  O  God  our  heavenly  Father,  with  bowed 
heads  and  open  hearts,  at  this  the  first  session  of  a  new  Congress,  for 
we  realize  that  without  the  inner  light  superinduced  by  Infinite  wis- 
dom, power,  and  purity,  its  work  will  fail  of  the  best.  Hence  we  most 
earnestly  invoke  Thy  favor  upon  all  its  members,  that  the  highest  con- 
ceptions of  statesmanship  may  follow  in  the  wake  of  all  the  great 
problems,  national  and  international,  which  shall  present  themselves 
for  solution.  Be  wisdom  and  strength  to  the  Speaker  of  this  House, 
that  with  consummate  skill,  justice,  and  equity  he  may  preside  over  its 
deliberations  with  characteristic  zeal  and  lead  on  to  the  desired  results. 
Be  with  all  who  are  called  to  serve  in  State  or  Nation,  that  with  un- 
selfish devotion  to  duty  they  may  fulfill  the  obligations  resting  upon 
them  with  fidelity  and  efficiency,  that  law  and  order  may  prevail 
throughout  our  borders.  Strengthen  the  arm  of  our  President,  that 
he  may  guide  the  ship  of  state  safely  through  the  storms  raging  round 
us  to  a  calm  and  peaceful  harbor;  and  grant,  O  most  merciful  Father, 
that  the  war  in  which  our  sister  nations  are  now  engaged,  with  its  de- 
structive and  devastating  effects,  may  cease,  that  the  higher  and  nobler 
instincts  of  humanity  may  obtain  and  all  their  differences  be  adjusted 
by  the  rational  and  peaceful  methods  of  arbitration,  that  the  world 
may  enjoy  the  fruits  of  a  pea-ce  which  shall  be  forever  and  aye.  And 
to  Thee,  O  God  our  Father,  we  will  ascribe  all  praise,  in  the  name  of 
Him  who  taught  us  to  pray:  Our  Father  which  art  in  heaven,  hal- 
lowed be  Thy  name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  on  earth 
as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread,  and  forgive  us 
our  debts  as  we  forgive  our  debtors,  and  lead  us  not  into  temptation 
but  deliver  us  from  evil,  for  Thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power  and 
the  glory  forever.     Amen." 


Where  the  Responsibility  Rests 


Collier's,  in  its  fight  against  liquor,  quotes,  almost  weekly,  il- 
lustrations from  daily  life  showing  the  common  responsibility  of  the 
manufacturer  of  whiskey,  the  dealer,  and  the  criminal,  for  the 


EDITORS'  TABLE  267 

crimes  that  are  committed  through  drink.  The  criminal  is  not  all 
to  blame;  the  saloon  keeper  and  the  manufacturer  are  culpable 
accessories. 

We  have  recently  had  a  case  of  the  kind  in  Utah : 
On  the  6th  of  December  Alexander  Robertson,  forty-two 
years  of  age,  was  shot  and  killed  at  Eureka  by  his  friend  Elmer 
Horton,  a  miner  twenty-six  years  of  age.  Horton,  we  are  told  in 
the  account  in  the  Provo  Post,  had  been  drinking  heavily,  and 
while  in  one  of  the  saloons  discharged  a  gun  into  the  ceiling. 
Watchman  Robertson,  whose  wife  is  now  a  widow,  and  whose 
children  are  fatherless,  was  immediately  notified,  and  went  to  the 
saloon  to  place  Horton  in  custody.  Both  men  were  on  the  most 
friendly  terms,  and  for  that  reason  Robertson  did  not  take  the 
gun  away  from  Horton,  it  being  his  intention  to  place  the  young 
man  in  jail  until  he  became  sober.  While  Robertson  was  unlock- 
ing the  door  to  the  jail  Horton,  who  stood  behind  him,  fired  two 
shots  which  ended  the  life  of  his  friend.  He  was  then  arrested, 
charged  with  murder  in  the  first  degree,  and  when  he  sobered  up, 
he  expressed  deep  sorrow  for  his  awful  act  which  he  could  not 
even  remember  having  committed.  Aside  from  the  fact  that  he 
is  addicted  to  occasional  sprees,  Horton  was  generally  liked.  Who 
is  responsible  for  this  murder?  Where  should  the  fight  on  whis- 
key begin  ? 

In  this  connection,  also,  how  about  the  papers  that  advertise 
whiskey ;  and  the  men  who  place  great  posters  about  the  fields  and 
streets  with  glaring  and  attractive  advertisements  of  the  curse, 
before  the  youth  of  the  land?  As  Collier's  remarks:  "It  is  the 
hog-itch  for  profit  that  keeps  booze  going,  and  this  means  those 
who  boost  it  as  well  as  those  who  make  and  sell  it." 


A  Testimony 


I  know  that  Joseph  Smith  was  a  prophet  of  God.  Joseph 
received  instructions  from  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  For  this  reason 
the  Church  has  survived ;  and  because  it  has  survived  we  are  here 
today.  We  are  here,  furthermore,  because  we  have  received  this 
te^timonv.  We  have  accepted  the  true  religion  which  embrace^ 
every  principle  of  progress,  righteousness,  honesty  and  upright 
ness.  It  excludes  all  hypocrisy  and  doubt.  It  brings  to  our  spirits 
an  assurance  that  we  are  right,  as  well  as  what  we  should  be  and 
do  as  men  and  women  in  our  every  walk  of  life.  If  this  assur- 
ance has  not  been  brought  to  a  man,  he  should  study  and  prove 
that  he  may  receive  it  and  progress.  If  any  Church  member  have 
a  doubt  about  the  divinity  of  the  mission  of  Jesus  Christ  or  of 
Joseph  Smith,  it  is  evidence  that  there  is  something  wrong  with 


268  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

him,  and  not  an  evidence  that  there  is  anything  wrong  or  any  lack 
in  the  gospel.  If  we  possess  doubts,  we  have  not  put  ourselves 
in  harmony  with  the  truth,  by  which  we  have  entered  the  rest  of 
the  Lord.  It  is  true  that  many  have  not  entered  into  God's  rest. 
This  rest  comes  to  those  who  receive  the  truth  and  thus  obtain 
freedom  from  doubt,  fear,  and  from  apprehension  that  they  may 
be  wrong.  Men  can  never  enter  this  rest  unless  by  effort  and 
prayer  they  so  will.  God  cannot  compel  men  when  they  will  not, 
they  have  free  agency.  The  man  who  has  studied  and  accepted  the 
gospel  has  entered  into  this  rest ;  he  walks  in  the  light  as  God  is  in 
the  light,  and  the  Spirit  of  God  dwelleth  in  his  soul. 

Joseph  F.  Smith. 


Socials  and  Dancing 


In  the  Mutual  Improvement  department  in  this  number  of  the 
Era  are  found  vital  suggestions  from  the  General  Boards  of  the 
Y.  M.  and  Y.  L.  M.  I.  A.  on  the  subject  of  dancing  and  ball  room 
management.  Organization,  education,  preparation,  and  the  su- 
pervision of  dances  are  among  the  items  given  consideration. 

All  who  are  interested  in  the  subject  should  carefully  study 
the  sugegstions  that  were  approved  by  the  General  Boards,  and 
adopt  them  as  far  as  possible  in  the  management  and  conduct 
of  their  social  dances  in  the  various  stakes  and  wards  of  the 
Church.  By  so  doing  great  improvement  will  be  made  in  the  gov- 
ernment and  conduct  of  the  ball-room. 

Attention  is  also  called  to  a  paper  in  this  number  by  the  ath- 
letic director  of  the  Brigham  Young  University,  Mr.  Eugene  L. 
Roberts,  on  social  dancing  and  its  direction,  which  contains  many 
good  thoughts.  As  far  as  consistent  with  their  local  conditions 
and  surroundings,  those  who  have  charge  of  dances  will  do  well 
to  follow  the  suggestions  made.  We  think  there  is  need  of  more 
careful  management  and  supervision,  stricter  order  and  discipline, 
and  greater  attention  to  details  and  etiquette  than  now  obtains  in 
most  of  our  ward  socials.  The  best  and  most  respected  talent  in 
social  affairs  should  take  a  hand  in  this  work,  under  the  proper 
direction  of  stake  and  ward  authorities.  Our  socials  and  parties 
should  be  leaders  in  refinement  and  propriety ;  no  other  condition 
should  be  tolerated  by  those  in  charge. 


Messages  from  the  Missions 


Changing  Ideas  of  "Mormonism" 

Elder  M.   E.  Wood,  Winnipeg,  Manitoba,   Canada,   November  4: 
'The  mission  work  is  growing  in  this  city.     People  are  changing  their 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


269 


ideas  of  'Mormonism,'  and  are  beginning  to  realize  that  Joseph  Smith 
was  a  true  prophet  of  God,  and  that  he  was  the  instrument  in  the 
hands  of  the  Lord  of  establishing  the  true  Church  of  Christ,  and  in 
opening  up  the  work  of  the  last  dispensation." 

LARGEST   BRANCH — OLD  FOLKS'   RAMBLE 

"This  picture  was  taken  at  a  'Ramble'  that  we  gave  for  the  old 
folks  of  our  branch.  You  can  see  from  the  number  who  attended  that 
they  appreciated  the  interest  we  took  in  them.  We  have  a  large 
number  of  old  Saints  here  who  give  us  a  great  deal  of  encourage- 
ment in  our  missionary  work,  and  they  are  ever  zealous  to  bring  their 
friends  out  to  our  meetings;  as  are  also  our  young  folks,  and  we  feel 
that  they  are  doing  a  very  good  work  along  this  line. 


A  GROUP  OF  OLD  FOLKS  AT  THE      RAMBLE 

"We  have  the  largest  branch  in  the  British  mission  here  in 
Bradford,  which  is  due,  to  a  large  extent,  to  the  interest  that  the 
Saints  and  friends  take  in  the  work.  The  average  attendance  at  our 
Sunday  evening  meetings  is  over  the  hundred  mark,  and  very  often 
it  exceeds  it  by  twenty  or  thirty.  This  gives  us  a  great  deal  of  en- 
couragement, and  makes  it  plain  to  us  that  the  Lord  is  pleased  with 
the  efforts  put  forth  here. 

"A  great  deal  of  prejudice  has  been  allayed  here  and  the  people 
are  beginning  to  realize  that  'Mormonism'  is  not  the  terrible  monster 
they  have  been  led  to  believe  it  was.  As  a  result,  we  are  usually  given 
the  privilege  of  explaining  our  views  to  those  we  come  in  contact  with. 
At  our  last  semi-annual  conference,  held  here  a  few  days  ago,  we 
had  the  privilege  of  speaking  to  some  five  hundred  and  sixty  people. 

"The  Saints  are  feeling  well  in  the  work  of  the  Master;  and. 
although  nearly  all  our  young  men  have  been  called  to  the  colors,  we 
feel  that  that  has  served  to  make  the  people  more  humble,  and  has 
also  made  them  appreciate  the  gospel  more  than  they  ever  did  before. 

"The  picture  of  the  elders  is  one  taken  last  summer,  and  some 
of  the  elders  here  shown  have  returned  home.    Left  to  rights  back  row: 


270 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


-^^Itk^j 

O 

■_. 

,*"^^ 

Elijah  F.  Spencer,  Verner  O.  Hewlett,  N.  E.  Neville  (Notts.  Con.), 
Ralph  Bishop,  W.  Leslie  Cocking.  Second  row,  standing,  Alonzo  H. 
Peterson,  Earl  S.  Harper,  Clyde  F.  Hansen,  Clarence  W.  Smith,  (Hull 
Con.),  W.  Hazen  Hillyard,  Aaron  T.  Pingree,  (Notts.  Con.)  Sitting: 
Elmer  M.  Savage,  Cyrene  N.  Bagley,  Leonard  B.  Nielsen,  Conference 
President;  Joseph  F.  Worthen,  Hyrum  M.  Smith,  Mission  president; 
Arthur  L.  Beesley,  Liverpool  Office;  John  J.  Haslam,  Joseph  F.  Smith, 
III.    Front:     S.  Evan  Francis  and  J.  LeRoy  Wright. 

'Our  numbers  are  now  reduced  to  nine  elders;  and,  as  we  have 
nine  branches,  our  time  is  well  occupied,  and  we  are  therefor  happy 
and  enjoying  the  work,  but  are  anxious  to  see  more  elders  come  out 
from  Zion. — Clyde  F.  Hansen,  Bradford,  England,  Oct.  22,  1915. 


L.  D.  S.  SUNDAY  SCHOOL,  SPRINGFIELD,  ILL. 


EDITORS'  TABLE 


271 


Sunday  School  in  Illinois 

Emma  Anderson,  Springfield,  Illinois,  November  23:  "The  Sun- 
day school  of  Springfield,  Illinois,  was  recently  organized  with  Elder 
Lawrence  J.  Barclay  superintendent;  John  Jimason  first,  and  George 
Baugh,  second  assistant  superintendents;  Edna  Neil,  secretary;  Mamie 
Hodge,  organist.  Teachers  in  the  various  departments  are  Alvin  S. 
Reber,  Herbert  Halls,  Emma  Anderson,  John  Neil,  Cora  Hanks,  John 
Jimason,  Alta  M.  Craig,  and  Edna  Ball.  Much  interest  and  enthusi- 
asm are  displayed  by  the  willing  service  rendered  in  every  way.  'Our 
Sunday  school  is  the  life  of  our  branch'  is  the  remark  one  often  hears." 


One  Hundred  Baptisms 

Carlos    S.    Higgins,    Darbin,    Mississippi,    November    10:        "The 
Mississippi   conference  was  never  in  better  condtion   spiritually  than 

today.  Over  one  hundred  bap- 
tisms were  reported  this  past 
summer;  and  it  is  glorious  for 
the  earnest  missionary  to  contem- 
plate the  large  number  of  peo- 
ple who  are  reaching  out  to  un- 
derstand the  beauties  of  the 
gospel  as  taught  by  the  Latter- 
day  Saints.  Many  churches  and 
schoolhouses  have  been  opened 
to  us  during  the  summer.  In 
some  instances,  in  the  cities, 
chairs  have  been  brought  out  on 
the  sidewalk  by  business  men 
for  the  ladies,  while  our  street 
meetings  were  in  progress.  At 
present  we  are  engaged  in  teach- 
ing the  principle  of  tithing,  and 
the  Saints  seem  to  be  impressed 
with  the  tithing  spirit.  Elders, 
standing,  right,  Joseph  Erickson, 
Springville;  left,  Hacel  W. 
Nalder,  Layton;  sitting,  Carlos 
S.  Higgins,  conference  presi- 
dent, Blackfoot,  Idaho." 


Preaching  Granted  in  Streets  of  Georgia 

Charles  O.  Hamilton,  Atlanta,  Georgia,  November  10:  "The  photo 
herewith  is  of  our  new  church  building  recently  erected  in  this  city 
and  which  was  dedicated  July  4,  1915,  by  Elder  Rudger  Clawson  of 
the  Council  of  Twelve.  Plans  were  appproved  and  the  construction 
was  authorized  by  President  Joseph  F.  Smith,  when  he  was  in  Atlanta 
November,  1914;  cost  $7,000.  The  names  of  the  missionaries  in  the  ac- 
companying photo  are,  standing,  A.  Pulham;  sitting  left  to  right,  John 
C.  Preston,  Sister  Pearl  A.  Hamilton  and  President  CharlesO.  Hamil- 
ton. We  are  meeting  with  good  success  in  our  labors  in  this  southern 
country.  The  mayor  of  Atlanta  has  granted  us  the  privilege  of  preach- 
ing on  the  streets.  This  opportunity  is  the  first  that  we  have  had  to 
preach  the  gospel  on  the  streets  of  Atlanta,  for  a  long  time  past. 
Sister  Hamilton  has  recently  organized  a  Relief  Society  here,  and  the 


272 


IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


L.  D.  S.  CHURCH,  ATLANTA,  GEORGIA 

sisters  are  preaching  the  gospel  and  doing  a  noble  work.  The  Society 
has  purchased  a  new  sacrament  set  for  our  new  Church,  and  also 
placed  an  enlarged  picture  of  President  Charles  A.  Callis  in  the 
building." 


MISSIONARIES,    ATLANTA,   GEORGIA 


Priesthood  Quorums'  Table 


Suggestive  Outlines  for  the  Deacons 


by  p.  joseph  jensen 

Lesson  1 

Experiences  of  Early  Leaders  and  Members 

Problem:  How  can  we  prepare  our  minds  to  receive  the  teach- 
ings of  the  servants  of  the  Lord? 

We  like  to  believe  and  do  things  in  our  own  way.  Sometimes 
our  beliefs  and  ways  bring  disorder  and  confusion.  To  enable  us  to 
avoid  conflict,  in  the  Church,  the  Lord  has  given  us  his  inspired  ser- 
vants to  guide  us.  While  all  are  taught  this,  in  our  Church,  in  many 
cases  we  have  to  compel  ourselves  to  give  heed  to  what  they  tell  us 
we  should  do. 

To  illustrate,  let  us  see  how  the  Lord  prepared  the  mind  of 
Joseph  Smith,  Sr.,  to  receive  the  testimonies  and  teachings  of  his 
servant  and  prophet,  Joseph  Smith,  Jr.     Study  the  lesson. 

How  many  dream-visions  did  Joseph  Smith,  Sr.,  have?  Do  you 
think  they  helped  him  to  believe  in  revelation?  Why?  Do  you  think 
they  helped  him  to  love  the  gospel  of  Jesus  Christ?  Why?  In  what 
ways  did  Joseph's  father  give  his  approval?  What  is  the  purpose  of 
the  Lord  in  having  us  confirmed?  In  what  experiences  have  you 
been  prompted  by  the  Holy  Ghost?  If  we  should  act  in  accordance 
with  these  promptings,  what  would  be  our  actions?  Answer  the 
problem  of  the  lesson. 

Lesson  2 

Problem:  What  should  we  eat  and  drink  and  what  should  we 
refrain  from  eating  and  drinking  to  help  ourselves  to  become  strong 
and  wise? 

Eating  and  drinking  unwholesome  and  poisonous  things, 
sometimes  become  habits  that  are  hard  to  break.  How  unwise  we 
would  think  a  teamster  who  would  give  his  horses  something  that  was 
not  food  for  them,  and  expect  them  to  do  heavy  work?  Or  for  a 
fireman  to  feed  a  fire  engine  asbestos,  and  expect  to  get  heat?  Hence  it 
is  reasonable  to  think  that  a  person  cannot  do  that  which  requires 
physical  strength,  if  he  eats  and  drinks  matter  that  is  not  food. 

Let  us  see  what  Hyrum  Smith,  the  Patriarch,  said  was  the  pur- 
pose of  the  Lord  in  giving  us  the  Word  of  Wisdom. 

Study  the  lesson,  and  Doc.  &  Cov.  Sec.  89. 

Answer   the   problem    of   the    lesson. 

Lesson  3 

Problem:  How  may  each  one  of  us  obtain  promises  from  the 
Lord  that  will  help  us  to  be  hopeful. 

All  must  meet  discouragements  in  life.  Realizing  this,  we  should 
fortify  ourselves  with  the  surest  promises  for  hope.  How  may  we  ob- 
tain   these   promises? 

Study   the    lesson. 

What  was  the  authority  Hyrum  Smith  received?  How  did  he  re- 
ceive it?  Illustrate  what  is  meant  by  sealing  on  earth  and  in  heaven. 
Tell    how    his    blessings    came    true.     Who    of   you    have    had    your 


274  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

patriarchal  blessings?  How  may  those  who  have  not  received  them, 
get  them?  Ask  your  parents  to  let  you  have  a  partiarchal  blessing. 
Study  it  and  cherish  in  your  hearts  the  promises  of  the  Lord  to  you. 
Answer  the  problem  of  the  lesson. 


Courses  of  Study,  1916 

The  following  notice  was  sent  to  stake  presidents  early  in  De- 
cember, by  the  General   Committee. 

Dear  Brethren  :  The  General  Committee  on  Courses  of  Study 
for  the  Priesthood  have  selected  as  the  text  book  for  the  year  1916 
for  the  High  Priests,  Seventies,  Elders  and  Priests,  "Jesus  the  Christ," 
by  Dr.  James  E.  Talmage.  This  is  a  book  of  800  pages,  but  it  will 
be  treated  in  one  year,  an  outline  being  provided.  A  review  of  the 
work  appeared  in  the  Improvement  Era  for  October,  1915. 

The  Committee  has  in  course  of  preparation  an  outline  for  the 
book  "Jesus  the  Christ"  for  which  a  charge  will  be  made  of  5c,  and 
it  will  be  issued  to  the  bishop  of  each  ward  about  the  15th  of  Janu- 
ary, on  a  basis  of  30  per  cent  of  the  H'jgh  Priests,  Seventies,  Elders 
and    Priests    of    the    ward. 

The  text  book  for  the  Teachers  will  be  "Acts  of  the  Apostles," 
which  will  be  ready  for  distribution  early  in  January.  The  price  of 
the  book  will  be  made  known  to  you  later,  through  the  columns  of  the 
Improvement  Era.  The  text  book  for  the  Deacons  will  be  a  book  of 
about  125  pages  entitled  "Experiences  in  the  Lives  of  Early  Church 
Leaders  and  Members,"  and  will  also  be  ready  early  in  January. 
Both  wil  lbe  issued  to  the  bishop  of  each  ward  on  the  basis  of  20  per 
cent  of  Teachers  and  Deacons  of  that  ward. 

The  Teachers  and  Deacons  outlines,  and  the  outlines  for  the  book 
"Jesus  the  Christ,"  will  be  sent  to  each  bishop  direct  without  orders; 
but  the  text  book,  "Jesus  the  Christ,"  should  be  ordered  from  the 
Deseret  Sunday  School  Union  Book  Store  or  the  Deseret  News  Book 
Store;  price  $1.50;  postpaid. 

These  statements  are  made  in  answer  to  a  number  of  communica- 
tions making  inquiries  in  relation  to  the  text  books  for  1916.  All 
communications  concerning  the  Teachers  and  Deacons'  outlines,  and 
the  outline  for  the  book  "Jesus  the  Christ,"  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Imprevement  Era,  No.  22  Bishop's  Building,  Salt  Lake  City. 
Please  give  this  communication  publicity  in  your  stake  of  Zion,  and 
greatly    oblige 

Your  brethren  in  the  Gospel, 
The  General  Committee  on  Courses  of  Study  for  the  Priesthood, 

Rudger  Clawson,  Chairman. 
David  A.  Smith,  Secretary, 


Helping  Returned  Missionaries 

A  number  of  stakes  of  Zion  have  organized  a  committee  of  high 
councilmen,  under  the  direction  of  the  presidency  of  the  stake,  to  look 
after  the  organization  of  similar  committees  under  the  direction  of 
the  bishoprics  in  the  wards,  to  look  after  returned  missionaries.  This 
has  been  found  to  be  very  necessary,  in  order  to  keep  the  missionaries 
in  the  harness  after  their  return  home,  as  far  as  pertains  to  religious 
duties,  and  also  to  aid  them  as  far  as  possible  in  obtaining  employment 
congenial  to  their  circumstances  and  advancement.  After  a  person 
has  been  away  for  two  or  three  years  in  the  mission  field,  it  is  difficult 
without  a  little  aid  from  the  brethren  at  home  to  get  a  start  again. 


PRIESTHOOD   QUORUMS'  TABLE 


275 


In  doing  so,  many  missionaries,  who  are  generally  without  funds,  bend 
their  whole  energies  towards  material  things,  and  thus  lose  some  in- 
terest in  Church  work  and  affairs.  The  purpose  of  these  committees 
is  to  enlist  their  sympathies  in  ward  and  stake  work,  and  at  the  same 
time  aid  them  in  obtaining  employment  so  that  this  work  can  be 
continued  by  them.  It  is  a  splendid  arrangement,  and  should  receive 
encouragement  throughout  the  whole  Church.  Much  good  we  believe 
could  be  accomplished  in  this  way,  and  great  strength  be  added  to  the 
wards  and  stakes  if  these  splendid  workers,  returned  from  the  mission 
field,  could  be  continually  kept  in  the  harness  in  the  service  of  the 
Lord.  The  work  of  the  bishop  as  well  as  the  presidency  of  the  stake 
v/ould  be  largely  accelerated  by  them,  and  at  the  same  time  they  them- 
selves would  continue  to  reap  the  benefit  both  spiritually  and  tem- 
porally. 

An  organization  of  this  kind  has  been  established  in  the  Liberty 
stake  of  Zion  where  all  the  missionaries  who  have  ever  been  absent 
upon  a  mission  and  who  have  returned  are  listed  and  looked  after,  and 
their  conditions  and  labors  are  looked  into,  aid  being  rendered  wherever 
found  necessary.  It  appears  that  in  the  Liberty  stake  there  are  374 
returned  missionaries,  and  that  out  of  this  number  only  85  are  not 
performing  any  duties  in  the  Church.  There  is  a  committee  in  each 
ward,  supervised  by  the  chairman  of  the  stake  committee,  President 
Frank  J.  Hewlett,  late  of  the  South  African  mission.  We  think  the 
idea  is  an  excellent  one  for  other  stakes  to  adopt,  in  fact  we  understand 
that  it  has  been  recommended  by  the  authorities  that  these  efforts  be 
generally  put  forth  in  aid  of  the  returned  missionaries. 


Ward  Teaching 

The  following  bulletin  of  ward  teaching  for  October,  1915,  is  re- 
ceived and  was  compiled  by  the  Presiding  Bishop's  Office,  November 
19.  It  shows  the  percentage  of  families  visited  during  October  in 
each  stake: 


Alberta    50 

Alpine    62 

Bannock   40 

Bear  Lake    94 

Bear  River 60 

Beaver 32 

Benson    39 

Big  Horn   41 

Bingham 13 

Blackfoot    23 

Boise    ** 

Box  Elder   100 

Cache     61 

Carbon    29.4 

Cassia    63 

Cottonwood 42 

Curlew    70 

Deseret   47 

Duchesne    * 

Emery  63 

Ensign 83 

Fremont   62 

Granite    57 

Hyrum 41 

♦Not  reported. 


Jordan    45 

Juab    59 

Juarez  * 

Kanab     12 

Liberty 95 

Malad   36 

Maricopa   84 

Millard   47 

Moapa    * 

Morgan    53 

Nebo 49 

North  Davis 100 

North  Sanpete  ...   84 
North  Weber  ....   69 

Ogden    100 

Oneida   100 

Panguitch    * 

Parowan    6 

Pioneer    72 

Pocatello   * 

Portneuf    28 

Raft  River 32 

Rigby   * 

St.  George 53 

♦♦Incomplete. 


St.  Johns   * 

St.  Joseph   27 

Salt  Lake 80 

San  Juan    14 

San  Luis    56 

Sevier   6 

Shelley  34 

Snownake    76 

South  Davis   ....   98 
South  Sanpete    .  .   59 

Star  Valley 32 

Summit     44 

Taylor    * 

Teton    * 

Tooele    50 

Uintah    * 

Union   38 

Utah    50 

Wasatch     ♦ 

Wayne    14 

Weber    98 

Woodruff     41 

Yellowstone    ....  29 
Young    84 


Mutual  Work 


Social  Committee 


Dancing  and   Bail-Room   Management 

For  one  week,  from  November  15  to  20,  a  convention  of  repre- 
sentatives from  some  of  the  Church  schools,  and  from  several  state 
high  schools  was  held  in  the  Deseret  Gymnasium  to  consider  the  sub- 
ject of  dancing.  There  were  also  present  a  number  of  Mutual  Im- 
provement workers  from  different  parts  of  the  Church.  The  conven- 
tion was  a  great  success,  in  that  those  who  have  charge  of  dancing 
came  to  an  understanding  as  to  what  they  thought  should  be  insisted 
upon  in  the  matter  of  government  and  conduct  of  dances;  and  also 
received  from  specially  competent  teachers  instructions  in  the  art  of 
dancing.  A  summary,  compiled  by  Arthur  Welling,  was  given  to  the 
General  Boards  of  M.  I.  A.  who  considered  it,  and  recommended  the 
following  revised  extracts: 

Organization;  Preparation;  Education;  Supervision 

To  have  social  committes,  backed  by  the  Priesthood  and  Auxiliary 
workers  of  the  stake  and  wards,  is  organization. 

To  know  just  what  to  do  and  how  to  do  it,  is  preparation. 

To  quietly  but  effectively  convince  the  orchestra,  and  the  dancing 
public  that  we  know  what  we  are  about,  and  that  the  dance  must  be 
conducted  according  to  the  rules,  is  education. 

To  see  that  the  dance  is  so  conducted,  resulting  in  wholesome  en- 
joyment, is  supervision. 

The  Hall — It  should  be  clean  and  cozy,  simply  and  appropriately 
decorated,  and  well  lighted.  There  should  be  dressing  rooms  for  the 
ladies  and  for  the  gentlemen. 

The  Floor — It  should  be  smooth  but  not  too  slippery. 

Floor  Manager  or  Director  of  the  Dance — He  is  the  executive 
officer  or  representative  of  the  committee.  As  such  he  has  supervision 
of  hall,  orchestra,  and  program,  and  is  the  duly  constituted  judge  as  to 
what  is  proper  and  what  is  improper  in  dancing  and  deportment. 

Among  the  duties  of  the  director  are  these: 

(a)  To  follow  the  program,  preserving  the  identity  of  the  dance 
called  for. 

(b)  To  insist  upon  correct  position  and  to  encourage  the  use  of 
standard  figures  or  steps. 

(c)  To  tactfully  but  courageously  exclude  undesirable  persons, 
and  to  see  that  tobacco,  liquor,  and  bad  language  are  not  permitted 
in  or  about  the  building. 

(d)  To  pass  upon  the  fitness  of  the  music,  and  if  necessary  give 
directions  to  the  orchestra  as  to  what  to  and  what  not  to  play. 

Manifestly,  the  director  and  his  assistants  must  be  prepared. 

Music — The  music  of  the  dance  should  be  quiet  and  refined.  Only 
those  tunes  which  are  suited  to  the  dance  in  question  should  be  toler- 
ated and  the  proper  tempo  should  be  insisted  upon,  that  the  spirit  as 
well  as  the  identity  of  the  dance  may  be  preserved. 

Programs — Printed  programs  give  "tone"  to  a  party,  and  make  for 
refinement.  Young  men  should  be  instructed  in  the  use  of  the  pro- 
gram, and  in  the  attention  each  owes  to  the  filling  of  his  partner's 
program. 


MUTUAL  WORK  277 

Punctuality — Punctuality  has  its  virtues  in  the  dance  as  else- 
where. Director,  orchestra,  and  reception  committee  should  be  on 
hand  at  eight  o'clock.  They  should  make  it  worth  the  while  of  those 
who  come  early. 

While  dancers  are  gathering,  orchestra  may  play  appropriate  pre- 
ludes. At  the  appointed  time  the  dance  should  be  opened  with  prayer. 
Dispense  with  "Home,  Sweet  Home"  medley.     Close  with  prayer. 

Position — Position  should  be  easy  and  graceful.  There  should  be 
no  contact  other  than  the  necessary  contact  of  hands  and  arms.  Keep 
the  movement  down  in  the  feet,  not  un  in  the  hips,  shoulders,  and 
arms. 

Chaperones — Patrons  and  chaperones  lend  "tone"  and  atmosphere 
of  conservatism  much  to  be  desired,  as  well  as  adding  an  element  of 
real  safety. 

Young  ladies  who  have  no  invitations  from  young  men  may  come 
if  properly  chaperoned,  but  should  not  accept  company  home  other 
than  that  with  which  they  came. 

Young  men  should  bring  partners  and  their  coming  without  should 
be  strongly  discouraged  if  not  forbidden. 

Cultivate  the  "wall-flower"  out  of  existence. 

Cultivate  the  "home-flower-girl"  into  existence  socially. 

Approach  this  social  work  with  cheery  optimism,  not  as  a  gloomy 
reformer.  All  things  worth  while  take  time.  The  task  is  not  too  big. 
Whether  they  admit  it  or  not,  our  young  people  desire  direction  into 
ways  of  culture  and  refinement.  Our  task  is  to  make  sure  that  we  do 
not  "turn  them  off  the  right  track  by  pointing  it  out  to  them  in  the 
wrong  way."     Have  the  courage  to  be  conservative. 

Thomas  Hull, 
Chairman  Committee  on  Social  Work  M.  I.  A. 


Athletics  and  Scout  Work 


Scout  Organizations  in  Country  Settlements 

Several  questions  have  come  to  the  office  relating  to  the  possi- 
bility of  having  a  sucessful  scout  organization  in  a  country  ward. 
With  a  view  to  getting  first-hand  information  as  to  whether  or  not 
this  could  actually  be  done,  Scout  Commissioner  Dr.  Tohn  H.  Taylor 
addressed  some  questions  to  a  number  of  settlements  where  scouts 
have  been  organized  from  one  to  two  years,  and  from  the  many  re- 
plies that  have  been  received  we  are  enabled  emphatically  to  say  that 
it  is  just  as  advisable,  possible,  practicable,  and  beneficial,  to  have  a 
scout  organization  in  a  country  settlement,  or  ward,  as  it  is  in  a  city 
ward;  not  only  that,  but  the  success  of  the  organization  is  quite  as  cer- 
tain in  the  country  as  it  is  in  the  city. 

River  Heights,  Cache  county,  with  a  population  of  23U  people, 
mostly  engaged  in  the  farming  industry,  has  a  boy  scout  organization 
of  19  boys,  and  has  had  it  for  two  years.  Abraham  Loser  is  the  scout 
master.  They  meet  once  a  week  in  the  meetinghouse,  and  have  pre- 
pared for  their  work  by  the  study  of  the  scout  books.  The  work 
among  the  boys  is  very  satisfactory.  The  scout  master  has  been 
studying  the  duties  of  a  scout  master  about  three  years  All  the 
training  he  has  had  is  from  the  "Hand  Book  for  Boys,  Hand  Book 
for  Scout  Masters,"  "Boys'  Life"  and  "Scouting,"  and  instructions  in 
"The  Y  M.  M.  I.  A.  Hand  Book"  and  Era,  and  he  says  that  he  gets 
all  the  information  he  needs,  to  meet  all  the  questions  of  the  troop,  by 
reading  these  books  and  magazines. 


278  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

South  Jordan,  in  Salt  Lake  county,  population  500,  reports  20  boys 
who  have  been  organized  for  two  years.  James  E.  Wardle  is  the  scout 
master.  He  has  had  no  special  training,  except  what  he  has  picked 
up  from  the  scout  publications.  The  endorsement  and  aid  of  the  whole 
community  have  been  given  to  him,  and  good  results  are  shown.  There 
is  better  discipline  and  order  in  meetings,  and  the  good  accomplished 
by  doing  the  "daily  good  turn"  is  evident  everywhere.  Under  the  co- 
operation of  the  parents  the  boys  have  taken  two  "hikes."  The  older 
boys  -are  imitating  the  younger  ones  in  some  of  the  good  things  they 
are  doing. 

Scores  of  similar  statements,  from  small  country  settlements,  in 
Utah  and  Idaho,  are  at  hand  and  could  be  added.  Yes;  it  is  possible 
to  have  a  sucessful  scout  organization  in  a  country  ward. 

Are  Boy  Scout  Organizations  Military? 

In  reference  to  a  telegram  of  Dec.  6,  announcing  the  resignation 
of  Ernest  Thompson  Seton,  naturalist  and  writer  of  books  on  nature, 
also  Chief  Scout  of  the  Boys  Scouts  of  America,  on  the  grounds  that, 
"militarism  now  comes  first,  and  not  woodcraft,  the  original  purpose 
of  the  movement,"  this  from  a  November,  1915,  issue  of  "Scouting," 
is  significant.  "Scouting"  is  a  paper  published  semi-monthly  by  the 
national  headquarters  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America,  for  scout  of- 
ficials and  others  interested  in  work  for  boys: 

"The  following  report  was  adopted  at  the  seventeenth  annual  con- 
vention of  the  Georgia  Federation  of  Labor,  held  in  Columbus, 
Georgia,  April  21-24.  This  is  the  report  submitted  by  a  special  com- 
mittee appointed  to  investigate  the  Boy  Scout  movement: 

"  'The  ideals  and  activities  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  are  for 
peace,  and  the  building  up  of  body,  mind  and  character.  The  rifle  is 
not  a  part  of  their  equipment. 

"  'The  committee  believes  from  their  findings  that  the  Boy  Scouts 
of  America  is  an  organization  that,  under  its  present  policy,  is  a  de- 
veloper of  the  best  qualities  in  a  boy,  and  we  think  that  any  move- 
ment that  has  for  its  ultimate  object  the  molding  of  better  citizens 
should  be  encouraged.' " 

"The  Boy  Scouts  of  America  'Hand  Book  for  Boys,'  1915  edition, 
says:  'As  an  organization  the  scout  movement  is  not  military  in 
thought,  form,  or  spirit,  although  it  does  instil  in  the  boy  the  military 
virtues  such  as  honor,  loyalty,  obedience  and  patriotism.' 

"As  to  uniforms:  'It  should  be  clearly  understood  by  all  interested 
in  the  scout  movement  that  it  is  not  necessary  for  a  boy  to  have  a 
uniform  or  any  special  equipment   to   carry  out  the   scout   program.' 

"As  to  drill  formation:  'Drill  and  marching  are  valuable  because 
of  the  qualities  they  develop  in  the  individual  boy,  such  as  obedience 
to  command,  mental  and  physical  alertness,  and  a  good  carriage." 

"The  aim  of  the  Boy  Scouts  is  to  supplement  the  various  exist- 
ing educational  agencies,  and  to  promote  the  ability  in  boys  to  do 
things  for  themselves  and  others.  The  method  is  summed  up  in  the 
term  'Scoutcraft'  and  is  a  combination  of  observation,  deduction,  and 
handiness  or  the  ability  to  do  things.  Scoutcraft  includes  instruc- 
tion in  first-aid,  life-saving,  tracking,  signaling,  cycling,  nature  study, 
seamanship,  campcraft,  woodcraft,  chivalry,  patriotism  and  other  sub- 
jects." 

Mr.  Ernest  Thompson  Seton  is  a  writer  of  international  reputation 
on  woodcraft  and  kindred  subjects.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  his 
resignation  as  Chief  Scout  has  been  tendered  to  the  National  Organ- 
ization.    He  has  announced  the  formation  of  the  Woodcrafts  League, 


MUTUAL  WORK  279 

and  has  invited  members  of  the  Boy  Scouts  to  join  it.  Commenting 
on  his  action,  Mr.  Seton  is  reported  to  have  said: 

"When  Baden-Powell  and  I  organized  the  Boy  Scouts  of  Eng- 
land in  1908,  and  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America  in  1910,  our  purpose  was 
to  make  all  young  people  of  the  two  countries  outdoor  children  by 
teaching  them  the  joys  of  outdoor  life.  As  originally  formed,  the 
Scouts  of  America  were  to  bear  a  message  of  conservation  and  broth- 
erhood. 

"The  study  of  trees,  flowers  and  nature  is  giving  way  to  wig- 
wagging drills,  and  other  activities  of  a  military  nature,  thus  destroy- 
ing the  original  aims  of  the  organization.  As  it  stands  now,  militar- 
ism comes  first  and  woodcraft  second." 

In  this  connection  the  following  from  "Scouting"  of  December  15, 
meets  with  our  approval,  and  we  believe  will  be  approved  by  all  M.  I. 
A.  scouts  and  officers: 

"I  am  unalterably  opposed  to  a  military  training  for  boys  of  the 
scout  age;  after  they  have  passed  that  age,  they  are  out  of  my  line,  I 
am  only  interested  in  the  formation  period.  As  General  Fred  Grant 
stated  to  me,  'your  work  is  constructive,  my  work  as  a  soldier  is  de- 
structive.' And  that  is  just  the  difference  between  the  boy  educated 
as  a  scout  and  the  boy  trained  as  a  soldier. 

"It  is  manifestly  wrong  to  train  a  boy  of  tender  years  to  destruc- 
tive work.  In  all  that  I  have  said  here,  I  am  not  to  be  understood  as 
stating  that  soldiers  in  the  present  state  of  civilization  are  not  neces- 
sary, what  I  claim  is  that  it  is  not  necessary  and  it  is  wrong  to  train 
young  boys  to  destructive  work. 

"Very  cordially  yours, 
"Signed,  Daniel  C.  Beard, 

"National  Scout  Commissioner  and  Member  of  Executive  Board." 


Stake  Work 


M.  I.  A.  Covers  a  Large  Area 

Elder  W.  G.  Sears,  writing  from  Bountiful,  Utah,  December  6, 
says:  "Here  is  one  from  California.  The  influence  of  M.  I.  A.  cer- 
tainly covers  a  large  area."  Then  he  copies  this  letter  addressed 
to  him: 

"I  thank  you  very  much  for  the  manual.  I  have  already  attended 
two  sessions  of  the  M.  I.  A.  in  Oakland,  and  find  the  classes  very  in- 
reresting.  The  class  leader  is  Brother  Thomas  B.  Brighton  who  is 
here  on  a  Thompson  scholarship,  doing  graduate  work  in  chemistry. 
I  appreciate  your  interest  in  my  religious  welfare. — Sincerely. — Phil 
S.  Grant." 

The  influence  of  M.  I.  A.  work  certainly  does  cover  a  large  area, 
and  while  it  sometimes  looks  discouraging  to  those  who  are  in  the 
battle  front,  we  believe  that  the  Lord  is  blessing  the  efforts  of  the 
workers  in  the  cause,  and  that  much  good  is  being  done  in  our  organ- 
izations. We  are  hopeful  that  fathers  and  mothers  and  the  priesthood 
of  the  Church  will  support  and  sustain  the  efforts  that  are  being  made 
by  the  associations  looking  to  the  advancement  and  development  of 
our  young  people. 

Reserved  for  M.  I.  A. 

The  Liberty  stake  M.  I.  A.  officers  have  printed  a  neat  card  to  be 
placed  in  a  conspicuous  place  in  the  homes  of  the  people  throughout 
the  stake.    It  reads: 


280  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

Reserved 

The  Tuesday  evening  of  each  week  for  Mutual  Improvement. 
With   health  and   strength   to  bless  us,   we   shall   endeavor  to  re- 
member our  reservation;  because, 
We  like  association; 
We  enjoy  proper  diversion; 
We  appreciate  intellectual  uplift; 
We  cherish  a  longing  for  the  better  life. 

Both  Progressive  and  Effective 

Ludvig  S.  Dale,  Field  Commissioner  of  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America, 
who  visited  Salt  Lake  City  at  the  annual  conference  of  the  Young 
Men's  and  Young  Ladies'  Mutual  Improvement  Associations  in  June, 
wrote,  under  date  of  July  10,  1915,  saying  to  Pres.  Heber  J.  Grant: 

"One  of  the  most  pleasant  memories  I  have  of  the  tour  was  the 
opportunity  afforded  me  to  study  at  first  hand  the  'Mormon'  Church. 
Surely  no  one  could  have  been  more  courteously  received  than  I  was; 
nor  indeed  does  it  happen  every  day  that  I  meet  men  who  are  so 
whole-heartedly  interested  in  the  welfare  of  the  coming  generation. 
All  in  all,  it  seems  to  me,  that  your  organizations  for  young  people 
are  both  progressive  and  effective,  and  this  being  the  case,  there  can  be 
no  doubt  as  to  the  results  so  far  as  the  future  is  concerned." 


Class  Study 


A   Suggestive  Preliminary  Program 

Hymns:  "I  Have  Work  Enough  to  Do,"  S.  S.  Song  Book,  p.  60; 
"Put  Your  Shoulder  to  the  Wheel,"  S.  S.  Song  Book,  p.  178. 

Talk,  (10  min.)  "The  Blessing  of  Work." 

Solo,  "Song  of  the  Armorer,"  by  Nevin;  or,  "The  Village  Black- 
smith," by  Weis. 

Story,  (5  min.)  "Be  Up  and  Doing,"  p.  73,  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Junior 
Manual,  1914-15;  or,  "Honest  Work  Wins,"  p.  9  Y.  M.  M.  I.  A.  Junior 
Manual,  1915-16. 


Reading  Course 

The  Purpose  of  the  Reading  Course  in  the  Pennant  Contest 

It  has  come  to  the  notice  of  the  General  Board  that  a  number  of 
the  wards  are  diligently  pushing  the  reading  of  the  books  of  the 
reading  course  with  a  view  to  having  everybody  report  points  for  the 
association  in  the  pennant  contest.  This  is  all  excellent,  as  far  as 
it  goes,  and  the  proper  thing  to  do,  but  it  should  be  held  in  mind 
that  the  purpose  of  having  people  read  the  books  provided,  is  not  en- 
tirely to  get  scores.  Officers  who  urge  the  reading  of  these  books 
should  be  instructed  to  point  out  the  benefits  that  will  accrue  to  those 
who  read  them  deliberately,  and  with  a  view  to  getting  good  out  of 
them.  It  is  true  that  the  contest  is  one  of  the  methods  that  has  been 
adopted  to  encourage  reading  of  the  course  and  to  increase  the  points 
for  the  different  wards  and  stakes,  but  this  is  not  the  sole  nor  the  main 
end  in  view.  The  great  purpose  is  to  benefit  the  readers,  and  this 
cannot  be  done  unless  the  books  are  read  with  care,  and  in  a  way  that 
will  impress  their  contents  upon  the  reader. 


MUTUAL  WORK  281 

Committee  on  Era  and  Fund 


M.  I.  A.  Fund 

Officers  will  remember  that  a  special  appeal  for  Fund,  as  per  "Hand 
Book,  page  111,  was  made  at  the  fall  conventions.  The  General  Fund 
was  to  be  collected  on  the  night  of  October  15,  throughout  the  Church 
A  number  of  wards  responded  and  have  sent  in  their  100  per  cent  of 
the  Fund  promptly,  to  this  office,  but  the  number  of  wards  was  not 
sufficient  for  the  General  Board  to  feel  safe  in  planning  for  future 
help,  which  they  are  so  anxious  to  give.  A  further  appeal,  therefore, 
has  been  made  by  special  letter  to  the  officers  to  have  the  wards  raise 
the  funds  no  later  than  January  10.  Statements  have  been  sent  out 
in  connection  with  the  letters,  so  that  each  ward  may  know  exactly 
how  it  stands.  In  case  any  ward  has  the  Fund  on  hand,  but  has  not 
turned  it  in,  the  officers  are  asked  to  remit  at  once  to  the  General 
Secretary.  Brethren,  the  amount  Requested  is  very  small,  for  the  in- 
dividual; but  on  the  whole,  if  all  do  their  part,  great  results  are  pos- 
sible from  it  in  our  work.    The  Board  appeals  to  you  to  act  promptly. 

The  Improvement  Era 

Lists  of  the  number  of  subscribers  for  the  Era,  that  have  come 
in  from  each  ward  up  to  Dec.  10,  have  been  forwarded  to  the  stake 
superintendents,  who  are  requested  to  notify  immediately  each  ward 
of  its  standing,  and  to  ascertain  if  the  canvass  has  been  thoroughly 
made,  with  a  view  to  giving  each  family  an  opportunity  to  subscribe 
for  volume  19.  If  this  has  not  been  done,  the  work  should  be  taken 
up  immediately,  in  the  true  missionary,  gospel  spirit.  All  that  the 
General  Board  ask  is  that  the  canvass  be  thoroughly  made  and  the 
work  of  the  Era  properly  set  before  the  people.  It  will  speak  for 
itself.  The  officers  are  requested  to  look  into  this  matter  now,  so  that 
new  subscribers  may  receive  the  magazine  without  undue  delay. 


A  New  Book  of  Poems 


The  Deseret  News  presses  have  issued  a  second  edition  of  Em- 
meline  B.  Wells'  poems,  the  first  having  been  printed  nineteen  years 
ago  and  long  since  exhausted.  Besides  the  verses  appearing  in  the 
old  edition,  the  present  will  contain  thirty-five  additional  poems  writ- 
ten recently,  though  there  are  some  older  ones  that  could  not  be  found 
for  the  first  edition-  A  portrait  of  the  author,  taken  twenty  years 
ago,  forms  the  frontispiece.  Preceding  the  added  poems  is  a  beautiful 
picture  of  the  author  as  she  appears  today.  The  beloved  personality 
as  well  as  the  literary  ability  of  the  author,  who  is  now  in  her  88th 
year,  will  add  to  the  popularity  of  the  book,  and  it  is  quite  certain 
that  the  new  edition  will  be  exhausted  immediately  upon  publica- 
tion. Sister  Wells  has  been  identified  with  Utah  since  the  second 
year  of  its  settlement,  and  is  one  of  the  most  prominent  and  repre- 
sentative women  of  the  West.  For  forty  years  she  was  editor  of 
the  "Woman's  Exponent,"  and  she  is  now  the  honored  president  of 
the  Woman's  Relief  Society,  with  which  she  has  been  connected  nearly 
all  her  days.  She  is  a  lovable  and  interesting  character  in  the 
Church,  and  is  still  full  of  good  works.  Her  tender  verses,  whose 
sentiments  are  founded  in  deep  trial  and  rich  experience,  will  be  read 
with  pleasure  by  all. 


Passing  Events 

Winston  Spencer  Churchill,  former  first  lord  of  the  admiralty,  and 
chancellor  of  the  Duchy  0f  Lancaster,  left  for  the  battle  front 
in  the  uniform  of  his  regiment,  November  17,  last,  as  major  of  the 
Queen's  own   Oxfordshire   hussars. 

Prof.  Alexander  Lewis,  for  thirty-four  years  the  director  of  the 
Logan  Tabernacle  choir  and  the  leader  of  the  temple  choir  in  that  city 
for  many  years,  died  in  Logan,  November  20,  1915.  He  was  born 
February  3,  1833,  in  South  Wales,  and  came  to  Logan  in  1865. 

The  extension  of  railroads  in  Utah  has  received  much  discussion 
lately  in  the  papers.  The  building  of  a  line  to  the  Uintah  reserva- 
tion by  the  Denver  and  Rio  Grande  is  an  uppermost  topic  in  railway 
circles,  and  we  are  told  that  millions  of  dollars  will  be  expended  in  the 
extension  of  the  Gould  lines. 

The  coronation  of  the  mikado  of  Japan,  Yoshihito,  was  held  at 
Kyoto,  on  the  10th  of  November,  1915,  amid  spectacular  ceremonies, 
witnessed  by  the  people  of  Japan  and  representatives  of  foreign 
countries,  for  the  first  time  in  the  history  of  the  country.  The  cere- 
monies which  covered  a  period  of  three,  weeks  cost  approximately  five 
million  dollars. 

The  Canadian  government  took  over  all  the  high-grade  wheat  on 
November  28,  in  the  elevators  of  the  country  east  of  Fort  William, 
amounting,  according  to  estimates  in  the  press,  to  about  twenty  mil- 
lion bushels.  The  government  will  pay  the  owners  at  once,  and  ship 
the  wheat  to  the  allied  countries,  principally  to  England  and  France. 
This  step  was  taken  in  order  to  prevent  wheat  from  rising  to  an  ex- 
horbitant  price. 

Christopher  O.  Folkman,  pioneer  of  Plain  City,  died  in  Plain 
City,  Utah,  in  early  November,  1915,  and  his  funeral  services  were 
held  in  the  meetinghouse  November  18.  He  was  89  years  old,  being 
born  in  Bornholm,  Denmark.  He  came  to  Utah  in  1858.  He  filled 
three  misssions  to  the  Scandinavian  countries,  covering  a  period  of 
twelve  years.  He  is  survived  by  nine  sons  and  one  brother,  J.  G. 
Folkman,  who  is  ninety-two  years  old. 

Samuel  R.  Bennion,  one  of  the  founders  of  Uintah  valley,  and  a 
Utah  pioneer  who  came  to  Salt  Lake  in  October,  1847,  died  in  Vernal 
November  17,  1915.  He  was  born  in  Nauvoo,  Illinois,  November  10, 
1842.  His  parents  settled  in  Taylorsville  where  he  lived  until  called 
to  help  settle  the  Uintah  valley.  He  was  president  of  the  Uintah  stake 
of  Zion  for  over  twenty  years.  He  is  survived  by  his  wife  and  eleven 
children. 

Armenian  massacres  have  appalled  the  world.  The  American 
committee  reported  that  a  careful  survey  of  the  village  of  Can  shows 
that  55,000  persons  were  massacred  in  that  district  alone,  and  they 
believe  that  the  Turks  have  slain  at  least  one  million  Armenians. 
All  aid  for  the  sufferers  is  blocked  by  the  Turkish  authorities  who  will 
not  permit  anyone  to  do  anything  to  preserve  the  lives  of  a  race  whom 
they  declare  disloyal  to  the  Turkish  rule. 

Neutrality  violations  were  charged  against  officials  and  employees 
of  the  Hamburg-American  line  in  New  York.  They  were  accused  of 
conspiring  to  defraud  the  government  of  the  United  States  by  send- 
ing out  vessels  loaded  with  coal  for  German  cruisers  and  commerce 


PASSING  EVENTS  283 

raiders,  under  false  clearance  papers.  They  admitted  the  overt  acts 
charged  and  that  they  had  disbursed  $1,500,000  for  this  purpose,  but 
denied  that  those  acts  were  part  of  a  conspiracy  to  defraud  the  gov- 
ernment. 

Yuan  Shih-Kai  has  announced  that  the  republic  of  China  will 
cease,  and  that  he  will  declare  himself  emperor.  Japan,  Russia  and 
Great  Britain,  some  weeks  ago,  made  official  suggestions  to  the 
Chinese  government  that  they  postpone  the  decision  of  the  question 
of  returning  to  a  monarchial  form  of  government.  China  declined 
to  accede  to  the  suggestion.  The  reason  the  powers  objected  to  China 
making  so  momentous  a  change  during  the  European  war  was  that  the 
foreign  nations  would  be  unable  to  properly  protect  their  citizens  in 
case  of  disorders  or  insurrections. 

Lord  and  Lady  Aberdeen  visited  Salt  Lake  during  the  early  part 
of  December  and  spoke  in  the  Salt  Lake  Theatre  for  the  benefit  and 
relief  of  Irish  children.  Lord  and  Lady  Aberdeen  also  visited  Proyo, 
Ogden,  Logan  and  other  parts  of  the  state.  Committees  of  leading 
men  and  women  met  them  in  each  instance,  and  entertained  them 
during  their  stay.  A  luncheon  was  given  at  the  Alta  Club  in  their 
honor,  by  Governor  Wm.  Spry  and  Mayor  Samuel  C.  Park  of  Salt  Lake 
City.  Lady  Aberdeen  is  the  president  of  the  International  Council  of 
Women  and  during  her  stay  was  entertained  by  local  club  women,  the 
principal  function  being  a  luncheon  at  the  Hotel  Utah,  on  Decem- 
ber 11. 

The  Carranza  government  in  Mexico  has  been  recognized  by  a 
number  of  the  nations,  Spain  having  recently  joined  the  number. 
During  the  latter  part  of  November,  Villa  was  defeated  at  Nogales. 
The  whereabouts  of  General  Villa  is  not  clearly  known  but  after  the 
fighting  at  Cananea  resulting  in  the  defeat  of  his  forces  the  remnants 
of  his  army  under  General  Rodriguez  were  reported  withdrawing  to 
the  interior  of  Sonora.  The  head  of  General  Juan  B.  Hernandez,  80 
years  old,  an  intimate  friend  of  former  President  Diaz,  was  sent  by 
Luna  Gaticia  to  General  Pablo  Gonzalez,  commander  of  Mexico  City, 
as  a  "Christmas  present"  from  Vera  Cruz.  Advices  dated  December 
20  state  that  Villa  has  abandoned  his  army  and  will  seek  refuge  in  the 
United  States. 

Henry  Ford,  the  automobile  manufacturer,  and  a  Peace  party  con- 
sisting of:  Gov.  Hanna,  of  North  Dakota;  Judge  B.  B.  Lindsey,  Jane 
Addams  Dr.  Washington  Gladden,  Mme.  Rosika  Schwimmer,  and 
many  others,  left  New  York  on  the  4th  of  December,  on  a  Norwegian 
liner,  "Oscar  II."  Mr.  Ford  called  it  a  Peace  expedition  to  the 
neutral  countries  of  Europe,  and  the  purpose  was  to  press  plans  of 
peace  for  the  early  termination  of  the  great  war.  Two  steamers 
were  chartered  to  take  the  party  to  Norway  from  whence  they  will 
communicate  and  visit  with  other  parts  of  Europe.  The  authorities 
at  Washington  declined  to  give  the  party  their  support,  and  refused 
to  issue  pass  ports  for  the  party  to  visit  belligerent  countries.  Mr. 
Ford  took  sick  on  his  arrival  in  Norway,  and  returned  to  America, 
having  first  given  his  check  for  $270,000  to  continue  thework. 

The  national  budget  Secretary  McAdoo  made  public  on  Novem- 
ber 25  suggests  legislation  that  Congress  must  enact  to  meet  the 
expected  deficit  in  the  national  revenue,  and  the  expenditures  that  the 
army  and  navy  increase  will  require.  He  proposed  that  Congress  shall 
re-enact  the  emergency  revenue  taxation  law,  return  the  tariff  tax  on 
sugar,  increase  taxation  on  individual  and  corporate  incomes  reduce 
the  limit  of  exemption  from  the  income  tax,  provide  for  taxation  on 


284  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 

gasoline,  crude  and  refined  oils,  and  automobile  and  other  internal 
combustion  engines.  He  estimated  that  nearly  $113,  000,000  additional 
revenue  must  be  found  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1917,  Pres- 
ident Wilson  reiterated  these  recommendations  in  his  message  to 
Congress. 

The  Great  War.  The  campaign  in  Serbia,  it  was  declared  by 
Berlin,  closed  with  the  end  of  November,  its  object  having  been  ac- 
complished. The  Germans  report  over  one  hundred  thousand  Serbians 
taken  prisoners,  and  the  remnants  of  the  disorganized  northern  army 
driven  back  into  the  Montenegran  hills.  The  Serbians  deny  that  more 
than  fifteen  thousand  prisoners  had  been  lost.  The  Germans  at  this 
writing  control  the  oriental  railway,  and  almost  all  of  northern 
Serbia.  Most  of  the  German  troops  are  concentrated  on  the  Ruman- 
ian frontier,  to  guard  against  the  Russian  advance  up  the  Danube 
through  Rumania.  It  was  generally  conceded  about  the  middle  of 
December  that  the  allied  forces  which  had  entered  Mesopotamia  from 
the  south,  forcing  their  way  towards  Bagdad,  had  been  practically 
defeated,  and  that  the  German  forces  are  in  control  as  far  south  as 
Bagdad.    The  British  withdrew  from  positions  in  Gallipoli  Dec.  20. 

The  "Ancona"  affair  continued  to  attract  attention  and  the  latest 
report  is  that  208  people  lost  their  lives  when  an  Austrian  submarine 
sunk  the  Italian  steamer  some  weeks  ago-  Out  of  this  number  five  were 
naturalized  American  citizens.  The  government  of  the  United  States 
demanded  of  Australia,  on  December  6,  that  the  imperial  and  royal 
government  denounce  the  "sinking  of  the  'Ancona'  as  an  illegal  and  in- 
defensible act,  and  that  the  officers  who  perpetrated  the  deed  be 
punished;  and  that  reparation  by  the  payment  of  an  indemnity  be 
made  for  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  who  were  killed  or  injured 
by  the  attack  on  the  vessel.  The  government  demanded  a  prompt 
reply  and  expressed  the  belief  that  the  Austro-Hungarian  government 
would  not  sanction  or  defend  an  act  condemned  by  the  world  as 
inhuman  and  barbarous  which  has  caused  the  death  of  innocent 
American  citizens.  The  Austrian  government  replied  upholding  the 
captain  of  the  submarine  in  sinking  the  "Ancona."  The  relations  be- 
tween the  United  States  and  Austria  stood  at  the  breaking  point,  on 
December  20. 

The  President's  message  to  Congress  contained  a  momentous 
paragraph  relating  to  the  disloyalty  of  certain  foreign-born  Americans, 
"who  have  poured  the  poison  of  disloyalty  into  the  very  arteries  of  our 
national  life."  He  maintains  that  "the  greatest  threats  against  our 
peace  and  safety,  have  been  uttered  within  our  own  borders,"  and  he 
requests  federal  laws  to  deal  with  these  conditions.  This  part  of  his 
message  has,  perhaps,  elicited  wider  applause,  as  well  as  more  bitter 
disapproval  in  certain  quarters,  than  any  other  feature  of  the  message. 

The  main  part  of  the  President's  message,  however,  was  a  discus- 
sion of  the  national  defenses,  and  while  he  asks  for  a  great  increase 
in  the  army  and  navy,  military  aims  are  denied  in  his  declaration  that, 
"we  shall  always  see  to  it  that  our  military  peace  establishment,  is  no 
larger  than  is  actually  and  continuously  needed  for  the  uses  of  days 
in  which  no  enemies  move  against  us."  He  adds,  however,  "we  do 
believe  in  a  body  of  free  citizens  ready  and  sufficient  to  take  care  of 
themselves  and  of  the  governments  which  they  have  set  up  to  serve 
them."  His  recommendations  for  preparedness  follow  Secretary 
Daniels'  program,  made  public  some  weeks  ago,  and  contemplates  a 
very  large  increase  in  the  standing  army — from  108,000  to  142,000  for 
times  of  peace,  with  a  citizen  soldiery  of  400,000;  also  the  construc- 
tion, within  five  years,  of  ten  great  battleships,  with  many  cruisers, 


PASSING  EVENTS 


285 


destroyers,  submarines,  ammunition  ships,  and  the  addition  of  11,500 
men  to  the  personnel  of  the  navy.  He  deals  with  financing  these  pro- 
posed additions  to  the  army  and  navy,  by  suggesting  different  internal 
taxes.  The  extra  expense  will  amount  to  probably  $112,000,000.  He 
is  opposed  to  raising  the  money  by  national  bond  issues. 

These  young  ladies,  with   Bishop  James  G.  Wood,  of  Clearfield, 
Utah,   were  with  the   crowds  that  attended  the   Round-up  at  Logan, 

where  they  spent  several  days  in 
a  most  profitable  and  interesting 
manner.  "This  great  meeting  im- 
pressed me,"  writes  Bishop  Wood, 
"with  the  fact  that  the  home  life  is 
one  of  the  most  potent  factors  in 
the  foundation  of  character.  Very 
few  children  who  come  from  happy 
homes  go  astray.  There  are  many 
excellent  mothers,  but  compara- 
tively few  fathers  who  have 
learned  the  secret  of  getting  into  a 
boy's  heart,  keeing  his  sympathies, 
guarding  his  appetite,  developing 
his  virtue,  and  building  him  into  a 
manly  man.  There  is  truth  in  the 
old  saying:  'The  "hand  that  rocks 
the  cradle  is  the  hand  that  rules 
the  world.'  Nevertheless,  if  the  boy 
is  to  be  saved,  the  father  must  do 
his  part.  Prof.  O.  H.  Benson  of 
Washington,  D.  C.,  who  was  pres- 
ent at  the  Round-up,  proved  that 
the  education  of  the  last  half 
century  has  had  a  tendency  to  di- 
vert the  child  from  the  home, 
through  the  lack  of  practical  edu- 
cation. He  would  much  rather  his 
children  take  up  practical  work,  when  seven  or  eight  years  of  age,  and 
that,  too,  on  the  farm.  In  the  home  two-thirds  of  the  time  of  the  boys 
should  be  spent  in  vocational  work,  and  the  girls  brought  back  to  the 
kitchen  and  dining  room,  prepared  for  what  God  has  designed  them  to 
become.  He  congratulated  Vernice  Roberts,  13  years  of  age,  for 
taking  the  first  prize  for  making  the  best  bread.  She  should  have  had 
a  double  prize  because  she  gained  her  knowledge  at  home,  for  she  is 
an  expert  house  keeper,  even  at  her  age;  and  all  thoughtful  people  will 
realize  that  she  has  saved  her  mother  much  labor.  As  to  her  school- 
ing, she  is  the  equal  of  any  girl  her  age.  Susan  B.  Wood,  also  of 
Clearfield,  received  the  first  prize  for  growing  the  best  potatoes  in  the 
state,  on  school  grounds.  These  two  young  girls  enjoyed  and  appreci- 
ated a  free  pass  arid  a  three-weeks'  course  at  the  Agricultural  Col- 
lege. They  attended  many  demonstration  meetings,  and  had  the 
pleasure  of  meeting  and  shaking  hands  with  many  prominent  people 
of  the  East  and  the  West.  Professor  Benson  was  particularly  inter- 
ested in  seeing  the  parents  present  with  their  children.  He  spoke 
highly  of  the  people  of  Utah  for  encouraging  their  children  in  their 
temporal  work.  He  closed  his  illustrated  demonstration  and  lectures 
with  a  portraiture  of  Jesus  Christ,  the  character  Builder,  the  perfect 
Being,  the  correct  Ideal.  He  was  not  above  carrying  water  for  his 
mother,  or  working  at  the  carpenter  bench  for  his  father." 


VERNICE  ROBERTS  AND  SUSAN  S.  WOOD, 

PRIZE  WINNERS  AT  THE  RECENT  UTAH 

AGRICULTURAL     COLLEGE    ROUNDUP. 


Captain  Boy-Ed  and  Von  Papen,  military  and  naval  attaches  of  the  Ger- 
man embassy,  were  recalled  in  early  December  on  request  of  the  gov- 
ernment of  the  United  States,  for  their  pernicious  activity  in  labor  dis- 
turbances, and  bomb-handling  in  munition  plants  and  ships  for  weeks  past. 
They  will  suffer  the   same   fate  as   the   Austrian  Ambassador   Dumba  did. 

Questions  for  M.  I.  A.  Officers  for  January: 

1.  Stale  briefly  what  is  being  done  in  your  stake  on  vocations  and 
industries. 

2.  Name  the  ward  in  your  stake  that  has  the  largest  attendance  accord- 
ing  to   population   and   give   reasons   why. 

3.  In  how  many  wards  have  you  reached  12%? 

4.  What  are  your  difficulties  in  the  promotion  of  scout  work? 

5.  What  methods  have  you  adopted  to  maintain  order  in  the  classes 
and  discipline? 

Improvement  Era,  January,  1916 

Two  Dollars  per  Annum  with  Manual  Free 
Entered  at  the  Post  Office,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  as  second  class  matter. 

Address,  20  Bishop's  Building,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 


Joseph  F.  Smith,  )  Editors      Heber  J.  Grant,  Business  Manager 

Edward  H.  Anderson,  f  Moroni  Snow,  Assistant 


Winter — From  Medallion  by  Thorvaldsen Frontispiece 

The  Letter.     A  Poem Alfred  Lambourne 191 

Is  Man  Immortal? Joseph  F.  Smith,  Jr 193 

Blessings  from  the  Tragedies  of  Life Orson  F.  Whitney 200 

Jed  at  the  Old  Academy.     A  Story Ida  Stewart  Peay 202 

Midsummer  on  the  Wasatch  Summits Alfred  Lambourne 212 

Ooutlines  for  Scout  Workers.     Illustrated Delbert  W.  Parratt,  B.  S..  .  214 

Reverence   in   Worship Aubrey  Parker 217 

Live  Today   Elsie  C.  Carroll 218 

Thoughts  of  a  Farmer Dr.  Joseph  M.  Tanner 220 

Human  Nature  Not  Explained  by  Evolution . . .  Robert  C.  Webb 221 

Duty   is    Privilege Minnie  I verson 23 1 

Scenes  at  the   Panama-  California    Exposition 233 

Good   Roads    234 

For  the  Consideration  of  Parents Dr.  John  H.  Taylor 237 

Mother  Passes  Through  the  Shadows.    "Home 

Evening."     Story Elizabeth   Cannon   Porter.  241 

The  Island  of  Samos.     Illustrated Lydia  D.  Alder 249 

Waste  in  Spelling Mosiah  Hall   253 

Social  Dancing  and  its  Direction E.   L.    Roberts 255 

Federal  Aid  to  Vocational  Education Frank  S.  Harris,  Ph.  D.. .  259 

"Even  the  Waves  and  the  Sea  Obey  Him"... Dr.  James  E.  Talmage.  . . .  261 

The  Joy  of  Living  and  Serving Annie  G.  Lauritzen 263 

Editors'  Table — New  Years  Greeting Prest.  Joseph  F.  Smith. . . .  264 

Let  Peace  Abound 265 

Where  the  Responsibility  Rests 266 

A  Testimony Prest.  Joseph  F.  Smith . . .  267 

Socials  and  Dancing 268 

Messages  from  the  Missions 268 

Priesthood  Quorums'  Table 273 

Mutual  Work   276 

Passing   Events    282 


THANK  YOU! 

FOR  YOUR  PART  IN 
MAKING  1915  SUCH  A 
GOOD  YEAR  FOR  US. 
OUR  BUSINESS  IN- 
CREASED VERY  SATIS- 
FACTORILY OVER  1914. 
LET  US  HELP  YOU 
SELECT  YOUR  BOOKS. 
IT'S  OUR  BUSINESS  TO 
KNOW  GOOD  BOOKS. 

DESERET  SUNDAY 

SCHOOL  UNION  BOOK 

STORE 

44  East  on  South  Temple 
Salt  Lake  City 


Joseph  Smith 

As 

Scientist 

By  Dr.  John  A.  Widtsoe 

One  of  the  best  scientific  exposi- 
tions of  the  teachings  of  the 
Prophet  Joseph  Smith  yet  pub- 
lished. 

PRICES: 

Cloth  Binding 75c 

Paper  Binding  25c 

Send  orders  to 

MORONI  SNOW, 

General  Secretary, 
20-22   Bishop's   Building, 

Salt  Lake  City. 


BOTH  PHONES  S51 

Jos,  Wm.  Taylor 

Utah's  Leading  Undertaker 
and  Licensed  Embalmer. 

Fin*  Funeral  Chapal,    Private 
Parlor.  Show  Rooms  as4  Morgua 

OFFI01  OPEN  DJ      AND  NIGHT 

91,  IS  and  M  South  Weat  Temp!*  SI. 
SALT  LAKE  CITY,  UTAH 


9 


thletic  Organizations 

Both   Church   and   School 


OFFICIAL 
|  INDOOR  BALL 


willfind  it  greatly  to  their  profit  to  consult  us  about  their 

Season  9s  Requirements. 

Send  postal  for  150  page  free  catalog  and  for  information  about  our  special  prices 
to  clubs. 

BROWNING  BROS.  CO.,    Ogden,  Utah 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,  PLEASE  MENTION  THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA 


A  Great  Man 
Has  Said: 


"No  man  or  ivoman  can 
go  through  Life  and  get  the 
most  and  best  out  of  it  with- 
out a  thorough  knowledge 
and  appreciation  of  GOOD 
MUSIC" 

A  piano  or  player-piano  in 
the  home  is  the  best  way  to 
acquire  this  knowledge  and 
appreciation  of  good  music. 

Send  for  Free  Postpaid  Catalogues 

of  world-famous  pianos  and  player-pianos  offered  at  the  same  prices 
and  terms  you  could  secure  right  at  the  Eastern  factories. 

We  also  have  on  hand  a  Representative 
Stock  of  slightly  used  pianos  and  player- 
pianos  at  half  to  one-third  original  prices 

"OLDER  THAN  THFl  STATE  OF"  UTAH'" 


LIFE  INSURANCE 

Protects  your  family  if  you  die 
Protects  you  if  you  live 

Ask  about  our  plan  which  helps  you  to  accumulate 

an  estate  at  the  same  time  you  are  protecting  your  family. 

WE  WANT  GOOD  AGENTS  IN  EVERY  TOWN 

Beneficial  Life  Insurance  Company 

Vermont  Bldg.,  Salt  Lake 


ASSETS 
MORE 
THAN  A 
MILLION 
DOLLARS 


JoKph  F.  Smith,  President 


Lorenzo  N.  Stohl.Vice-Pre*.  &  Mgr. 


DIRECTORS 


&MAcmNt 

,</(ompanv 


JOSEPH  F.  SMITH 
W.  S.  McCORNICK 

FRANCIS  M.  LYMAN 
THOS.  R.  CUTLER 

WILLIAM  SPRY 
HEBER  SCOWCROFT 

W.  W.  ARMSTRONG 


CEO.  T.  ODELL 
G.  G.  WRIGHT 

JAMES  H.  MOYLE 
C.  S.  BURTON 

JAS.  I_  WRATHALL 
GEO.  D.  KEYSER 

GRANT  HAMPTON 


WHEN  WRITING  TO  ADVERTISERS,   PLEASE   MENTION   THE  IMPROVEMENT  ERA